Chainlink zaznamenal za 24 hodin čistý odliv 1,26 milionu LINK z burz, nejvíce od 29. června. Santiment to vidí jako signál nižšího prodejního tlaku, zatímco aktivita velryb roste.
LINK's latest setup combines shrinking exchange supply, rising whale activity, and improving fundamentals, while traders await a confirmation.
Chainlink recorded 1.26 million tokens in net exchange outflows over 24 hours. This was the largest daily outflow since June 29.
Santiment said the drop in exchange supply means fewer LINK tokens are available for quick sell orders, which could potentially lower future sell-off risk.
Bullish Signals The timing of the move is interesting, according to Santiment. In July, the DTCC processed tokenized US securities trades with Chainlink listed among its technology providers. Meanwhile, its Cross-Chain Interoperability Protocol (CCIP) expanded support across institutional and crypto networks, including Canton and Robinhood Chain. Santiment believes that these developments could be positive for patient LINK bulls.
The crypto asset started July near $7.85 and briefly slipped below $7.6 before recovering. The price then climbed higher and even broke above $8, eventually reaching around $8.86. However, the rally did not hold, and by August LINK pulled back toward $8.2.
Against this backdrop, whale activity around Chainlink has picked up significantly, which essentially reflected stronger confidence among major holders. The network also ranked second in Santiment’s RWA development ranking, behind Hedera, after showing improved activity compared with the previous month.
Pseudonymous market watcher, ‘The Boss,’ said the crypto asset is now testing whether it can break out of the downtrend that has controlled its price for weeks. It has held a long-term demand zone while challenging a descending trendline that has repeatedly rejected price. According to the trader, the structure has strengthened, but confirmation is still needed. A break above the first resistance of $11.62 could mark LINK’s greatest technical recovery since the decline began.
The focus is now on whether buyers can form higher highs and higher lows while staying above the demand zone. If that structure fails, the asset could remain trapped inside the broader bearish trend.
You may also like: LINK Whales Move Millions to Binance Before Key Banking News Over 535,000 LINK Holders Signal Quiet Chainlink Accumulation Amid Market Uncertainty CCIP Adoption Zooming out, Chainlink is also seeing wider adoption across its ecosystem. Dozens of projects have switched to its technology in recent months. These include Kraken’s kBTC, along with Solv Protocol’s SolvBTC and xSolvBTC.
BitGo also announced moving its cross-chain infrastructure to Chainlink’s CCIP. The move comes as more projects shift away from LayerZero following the $292 million KelpDAO bridge exploit earlier this year.
Coinbase spustila v Británii obchodování 24 hodin denně, 5 dní v týdnu s téměř 4 000 americkými akciemi pro oprávněné uživatele, s nulovou komisí a nákupem už od 1 GBP. Tím dál rozšiřuje svou platformu mimo čistě kryptoměnové obchodování.
Coinbase started rolling out 24/5 trading in nearly 4,000 US stocks for eligible UK users, letting them buy and sell American equities. The crypto exchange begins a phased launch today, with zero-commission trades, fractional shares from as little as £1, and instant funding via GBP or USDC.
Coinbase positions the move as a step toward its “Everything Exchange” vision and claims it is the first crypto-native app to offer U.S. equities in the UK.
Stock Trading Is Now Available on Coinbase for UK Users In an official announcement on August 6, Coinbase revealed the 24/5 stock trading rollout to all users in the UK. Eligible UK customers can buy, sell, and hold US stocks alongside crypto and fiat in the same app.
“We see a future where the divide between how an investor manages traditional investments and digital assets disappears,” said the crypto exchange.
The trading hours extend beyond the normal hours, with zero commission and fractional shares. Users can start trading stocks with as little as £1. However, fractional trading is not available outside of normal US trading hours.
The orders will get routed through Coinbase Capital Markets and cleared and settled by a third party. Users can fund positions directly with GBP and USDC. Moreover, Coinbase One members will earn uncapped rewards on their USDC balances.
Coinbase UK CEO Keith Grose highlighted features such as 4000 US equities including top AI companies. He added that more features are coming soon.
UK users now have one place for stocks + crypto!
Excited for this @coinbase launch with a top offering:
– 24/5 trading hours
– Zero commission
– Start with £1 with fractional shares
– 4,000 US equities including top AI companies
– Trade in GBP or USDC (+ uncapped USDC rewards… https://t.co/yI57EGiBDF
— keith grose 🇬🇧🇺🇸 (@kmgrose) August 6, 2026
The launch comes after Coinbase secured a MiFID investment services license from the Financial Conduct Authority. This enabled UK users to trade derivatives and equities alongside crypto assets.
For investors interested in how digital assets are bridging traditional markets, choosing one of the best exchanges for tokenized stocks can unlock seamless multi-asset trading portfolios.
COIN Stock Price Surges Coinbase stock (COIN) showed modest gains during the premarket trading hours on Thursday. COIN stock closed 0.56% lower at $149.89 on Wednesday, with a high of $153.99.
The stock trading expansion in the UK continues Coinbase’s push to diversify beyond pure crypto trading volume into a multi-asset platform. Coinbase stock price prediction warned about a drop to $139 as JPMorgan CEO Jamie Dimon highlighted market risks amid high leverage.
Meanwhile, Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong urged Senators to pass the Clarity Act after Senator Josh Hawley publicly announced plans to vote ‘No’ on the current crypto bill version that raised concerns for banks.
“You have to evaluate the proposal on the merits, and see if there is any evidence for such a claim,” Brian Armstrong told Senator Josh Hawley.
Zcash, a privacy-focused cryptocurrency launched in 2016, is preparing for a pivotal governance event as coinholders prepare to vote on the proposed scope of the upcoming NU7 network upgrade. The voting period will begin on August 25 and is expected to run for approximately 18 days, with several key protocol changes under consideration.
New governance mechanism and voting processThis vote introduces a new governance framework for Zcash. Valar Group and Project Tachyon are coordinating the process using a recently developed Tokenholder Voting Chain. This infrastructure replaces Zcash’s older governance mechanisms and utilizes a distributed election authority composed of at least 10 validators. Tally results can only be accessed after two-thirds of the validator set grants approval, increasing security and collective oversight.
A critical condition for legitimacy has been set: the voting process requires the participation of at least 1,000,000 ZEC. If this quorum is not met, the results will not be recognized as valid, marking a significant engagement threshold for the Zcash community.
To join the vote, users must hold spendable shielded ZEC in Ironwood at the snapshot, scheduled for August 24 at 19:00 UTC. After the snapshot is taken, voters are free to move their funds, and the voting window will remain open until September 12.
Mini dictionary: Ironwood, the Zcash reference wallet developed to support shielded transactions, allowing users to store and transact using ZEC with privacy features enabled.
Key issues on the ballotCoinholders will weigh in on several issues, ranging from technical and schedule matters to fundamental economic parameters. Among the most critical proposals, participants will decide whether to transition Zcash’s current halving schedule to a smoother issuance model through the Network Sustainability Mechanism (NSM). The ballot will also include options on when to activate transaction fee reissuance, plans to deprecate the legacy Sprout transaction format, and whether to reduce block times from 75 seconds to 25 seconds. Additionally, voters will set guidance on how quickly the NU7 upgrade should be released if certain features miss the initial deadline.
Mini dictionary: Network Sustainability Mechanism (NSM), a proposed protocol change to Zcash’s issuance model that replaces sharp halvings with a gradual, predictable reduction in mining rewards, aimed at promoting long-term security and development funding.
Participation threshold and its significanceThe requirement for at least 1 million ZEC to participate represents a significant percentage of Zcash’s circulating supply. Given that Zcash’s total circulating supply is much lower than that of Bitcoin, achieving this quorum would demonstrate robust engagement from the community and could reinforce the legitimacy of future technical changes decided through on-chain governance.
ZEC technical performance and market conditionsZEC’s technical indicators have recently improved. The coin is currently trading above its 20-day, 50-day, and 100-day moving averages, while the 200-day moving average continues to trend upward beneath the current price. The token has climbed above the key $500 psychological level and is consolidating around nearby support zones. With the relative strength index (RSI) recovering toward 54, market momentum appears neutral, and conditions do not indicate significant overbought pressure.
IndicatorCurrent LevelPriceAbove $50020-day MABelow current price50-day MABelow current price100-day MABelow current price200-day MATrending up, below current priceRSIAround 54Should ZEC maintain its position above its cluster of shorter-term moving averages, analysts may anticipate renewed attempts to reach previous highs set earlier this summer.
Zcash coinholders will vote on proposals such as a new issuance schedule, transaction fee policy, and shorter block times, while a 1 million ZEC participation quorum aims to ensure strong governance legitimacy for the decisions made in the forthcoming NU7 upgrade.
Disclaimer: The information contained in this article does not constitute investment advice. Investors should be aware that cryptocurrencies carry high volatility and therefore risk, and should conduct their own research.
GE Vernova v červenci klesla o 15,7 %, i když ve 2. čtvrtletí opět zvýšila celoroční výhled tržeb, zisku i volného peněžního toku. Trh připomněl, že při ocenění na 33násobek odhadovaného zisku na rok 2026 záleží na tempu objednávek.
GE Vernova (GEV -0.06%) stock declined by 15.7% in July, according to data from S&P Global Market Intelligence. The decline is a salutory reminder that valuations still matter, because there was nothing wrong with the fundamentals displayed when GE Vernova reported its second-quarter earnings report on July 22.
A nuanced dynamic GE Vernova's recent earnings report saw management raise its full-year revenue, earnings, and free cash flow (FCF) guidance for the third time in 2026. Having guided toward revenue of $41 billion to $42 billion and FCF of $4.5 billion to $5 billion on its investor update in December, management raised guidance on the fourth quarter 2025, first quarter 2026, and recent second quarter 2026 earnings presentations such that it now stands at revenue of $45.5 billion to $46.5 billion and FCF of $11.5 billion to $12.5 billion.
Today's Change
(
-0.06
%) $
-0.57
Current Price
$
1,017.96
Taking the midpoint of these figures, it's clear that the $4.5 billion increase in revenue has translated into a $7.25 billion increase in FCF, implying a 161% FCF leverage. That's a highly unusual number and reflects the particularly strong demand conditions for the company's gas turbine equipment.
GE Vernova free cash flow leverage In a nutshell, AI data centers and utilities are so desperate for power that they are willing to sign Slot Reservation Agreements (SRAs) to secure future production slots. In doing so, they pay a portion of cash upfront, which drops into GE Vernova's cash flow. That's good news because upfront cash flow has more value than cash flow later.
In addition, more equipment orders drive a ramp in long-term earnings and cash flow, as gas turbine installations lead to more lucrative long-term services sales via Long-Term Service Agreements (LTSA) attached to equipment sales.
Image source: Getty Images.
Why GE Vernova stock declined in July Just as increased orders lead to an outsize benefit to FCF and GE Vernova's valuation and a positive impact on the stock price, any slowdown in equipment orders will disproportionately weigh on the stock on the downside, too.
As such, investors need to keep a close eye on order momentum in relation to valuation at GE Vernova. While there's nothing to suggest any slowdown in orders, the sell-off in artificial intelligence (AI) related companies in July reminded investors that with the stock trading at 33 times estimated 2026 earnings any potential slowdown will lead to a correction in the share price.
That said, now that the dip has taken place, the company is arguably set up to perform well given any further improvement in its orders outlook.
Amundi cut its holdings in TKO Group Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:TKO – Free Report) by 82.8% in the first quarter, according to its most recent disclosure with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The institutional investor owned 24,233 shares of the company’s stock after selling 116,840 shares during the quarter. Amundi’s holdings in TKO Group were worth $4,887,000 as of its most recent SEC filing.
Other large investors have also made changes to their positions in the company. Elyxium Wealth LLC acquired a new stake in shares of TKO Group in the fourth quarter valued at about $27,000. Cornerstone Planning Group LLC raised its position in shares of TKO Group by 543.5% during the 1st quarter. Cornerstone Planning Group LLC now owns 148 shares of the company’s stock worth $28,000 after purchasing an additional 125 shares during the last quarter. Torren Management LLC purchased a new position in TKO Group in the 4th quarter valued at about $32,000. CYBER HORNET ETFs LLC purchased a new position in TKO Group in the 2nd quarter valued at about $34,000. Finally, MUFG Securities EMEA plc acquired a new stake in TKO Group in the 2nd quarter worth about $36,000. 89.79% of the stock is owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Insider Activity In other TKO Group news, CFO Andrew M. Schleimer acquired 2,696 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Wednesday, May 13th. The shares were purchased at an average cost of $185.44 per share, for a total transaction of $499,946.24. Following the completion of the acquisition, the chief financial officer owned 30,240 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $5,607,705.60. The trade was a 9.79% increase in their position. The purchase was disclosed in a legal filing with the SEC, which is available at this hyperlink. The sale was made to cover tax withholding obligations related to the vesting of equity awards. Also, insider Mark S. Shapiro purchased 10,807 shares of the stock in a transaction dated Wednesday, May 13th. The shares were acquired at an average price of $185.05 per share, with a total value of $1,999,835.35. Following the completion of the acquisition, the insider owned 129,207 shares in the company, valued at approximately $23,909,755.35. This trade represents a 9.13% increase in their position. The disclosure for this purchase is available in the SEC filing. The sale was made to cover tax withholding obligations related to the vesting of equity awards. In the last 90 days, insiders bought 24,308 shares of company stock worth $4,499,679 and sold 42,257 shares worth $7,946,068. 64.30% of the stock is currently owned by company insiders.
Analysts Set New Price Targets Several research firms have commented on TKO. Weiss Ratings upgraded TKO Group from a “hold (c-)” rating to a “hold (c+)” rating in a research note on Thursday, May 7th. Morgan Stanley raised their target price on TKO Group from $225.00 to $230.00 and gave the company an “overweight” rating in a research report on Tuesday. Benchmark reaffirmed a “hold” rating on shares of TKO Group in a research note on Tuesday. Sanford C. Bernstein dropped their price target on TKO Group from $240.00 to $235.00 and set an “outperform” rating for the company in a research report on Tuesday, July 28th. Finally, Citigroup downgraded TKO Group from a “strong-buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a research note on Monday, April 13th. Twelve equities research analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and six have issued a Hold rating to the stock. According to data from MarketBeat.com, TKO Group currently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus target price of $235.33.
View Our Latest Stock Analysis on TKO
TKO Group News Roundup Here are the key news stories impacting TKO Group this week:
Positive Sentiment: TKO reported second-quarter revenue of approximately $1.547 billion, up 18% year over year, while adjusted EBITDA rose 23% to $650 million. Management also raised its 2026 outlook to $5.775–$5.825 billion of revenue and $2.275–$2.305 billion of adjusted EBITDA, signaling continued momentum. Q2 earnings call highlights Positive Sentiment: Guggenheim raised its price target to $235 and initiated or maintained a “Buy” rating, while BTIG reaffirmed its “Buy” rating with a $237 target. Analysts broadly rate TKO a “Moderate Buy.” Benzinga analyst actions Analyst consensus Positive Sentiment: TKO, Legends Global and the Arizona Sports & Events Alliance announced upcoming UFC, WWE Royal Rumble and PBR events in Arizona, supporting future event-related revenue and brand exposure. Arizona event announcement Neutral Sentiment: Management characterized the UFC Freedom 250 event at the White House as a promotional and strategic success despite its financial outcome, but the event’s economics remain a concern for investors. Negative Sentiment: TKO disclosed that UFC Freedom 250 lost approximately $30 million. The unexpected loss is likely weighing on sentiment because it highlights the potential cost of high-profile events, even as executives emphasized broader benefits. Freedom 250 loss report Negative Sentiment: Second-quarter adjusted earnings per share came in at $1.34, below the $1.41 analyst consensus, although revenue modestly exceeded expectations. The earnings shortfall adds pressure alongside the event-related loss. TKO Group Trading Down 0.7% Shares of TKO opened at $183.15 on Thursday. TKO Group Holdings, Inc. has a 12-month low of $152.29 and a 12-month high of $226.94. The firm has a market capitalization of $35.55 billion, a P/E ratio of 64.26 and a beta of 0.63. The firm has a 50-day moving average price of $194.58 and a 200 day moving average price of $197.21. The company has a current ratio of 1.28, a quick ratio of 1.34 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.58.
TKO Group (NYSE:TKO – Get Free Report) last issued its earnings results on Monday, August 3rd. The company reported $1.34 EPS for the quarter, missing analysts’ consensus estimates of $1.41 by ($0.07). The firm had revenue of $1.55 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $1.54 billion. TKO Group had a return on equity of 2.67% and a net margin of 4.33%.TKO Group’s revenue for the quarter was up 18.2% on a year-over-year basis. During the same period last year, the firm earned $1.17 earnings per share. Sell-side analysts forecast that TKO Group Holdings, Inc. will post 4.81 EPS for the current year.
TKO Group Increases Dividend The company also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Tuesday, June 30th. Stockholders of record on Monday, June 15th were given a dividend of $0.79 per share. This represents a $3.16 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 1.7%. The ex-dividend date of this dividend was Monday, June 15th. This is a boost from TKO Group’s previous quarterly dividend of $0.78. TKO Group’s dividend payout ratio is presently 117.91%.
TKO Group Profile (Free Report)
TKO Group Holdings (NYSE: TKO) is a global sports and entertainment company formed in 2023 through the combination of two major combat-sports businesses. The company brings together the mixed martial arts organization UFC and the sports entertainment business WWE under a single publicly traded holding company. TKO owns and manages a portfolio of live-event franchises, intellectual property, and media rights centered on combat and sports-entertainment content.
TKO’s core activities include the promotion and production of live events, the licensing and sale of broadcasting and streaming rights, and the development and commercialization of branded consumer products.
Recommended Stories Five stocks we like better than TKO Group SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth Want to see what other hedge funds are holding TKO? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for TKO Group Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:TKO – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for TKO Group Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for TKO Group and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEHealthEquity, Inc. $HQY Shares Purchased by Amundi
NEXT HEADLINE »Amundi Boosts Stock Holdings in Rexford Industrial Realty, Inc. $REXR
Nintendo has reported a jump in profits, as the Japanese game maker’s earnings were buoyed up by a long-awaited refund on Donald Trump’s tariffs.
The company said profits surged 53.5% to ¥147.4bn (£694m) over the three months to June, substantially beating expert forecasts for ¥77.8bn.
Nintendo said sales of its Switch 2 console, which was released last summer, “maintained strong sales momentum”, while popular games such as Yoshi and the Mysterious Book, Star Fox, and Pokémon Pokopia “performed steadily”. However, that did not make up for an overall drop in sales compared with the same period last year, with revenue down by 10% to ¥517.8bn.
Instead, Nintendo said profits were aided by a refund on US tariffs, after the country’s supreme court ruled in February that Donald Trump’s sweeping “liberation day” trade levies were illegal.
The Trump administration has refunded about $100bn from the tariffs charged before the court ruling, representing 60% of the total $165bn collected. Trump has continued to pitch tariffs as a solution for the US economy, bringing back domestic production, securing better trade deals and closing the deficit in the federal budget.
Nintendo’s Tokyo-listed shares were up 2.87% on Thursday after the earnings release.
The company filed a lawsuit weeks after the US supreme court ruling, demanding a full refund from the White House that would cover what it spent on tariffs, plus interest.
While a refund now appears to have come through, Nintendo stopped short of confirming the full amount, at a time when it is still appears to be resisting calls to pass those refunds on to consumers.
skip past newsletter promotionafter newsletter promotion
Last month, Nintendo was hit with a class action lawsuit on behalf of customers, which claims the company hiked its prices because of tariffs but later benefited from the refunds. Nintendo’s lawyers described the lawsuit as “meritless”, and that the price customers paid represented “the purchase price of the goods they wanted and received.”
Last month, Trump imposed a fresh round of tariffs on more than 80 countries, including Japan, in a move that is likely to pose further problems for companies such as Nintendo. However, a coalition of 25 US states are now suing the Trump administration over the levies, potentially opening the door to another round of refunds for beleaguered exporters.
Oscar Health oznámila rekordní ziskovost v první polovině roku a zvýšila celoroční výhled na upravený provozní zisk 500 až 700 milionů USD. Ve 2. čtvrtletí vzrostly tržby na 4,88 miliardy USD a zisk činil 361,808 milionu USD.
NEW YORK--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Oscar Health, Inc. (“Oscar” or the “Company”) (NYSE: OSCR) announced today its financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026 and updates to its full year 2026 guidance.
“Oscar delivered record profitability in the first half of the year and we are raising our full-year 2026 guidance,” said Mark Bertolini, CEO of Oscar Health. “Our superior operating performance and execution against the fundamentals of our strategy are accelerating the individual market. More people are moving between full- and part-time jobs, gig work, and retirement – a shift AI will accelerate. A durable individual market gives them greater choice and will power the future of American healthcare. Oscar’s consumer products, disciplined pricing, and scalable technology platform will capture this opportunity and position us for long-term profitable growth.”
Second Quarter 2026 Financial Highlights
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in thousands, except percentages)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Total revenue
$4,880,220
$2,863,945
$9,527,414
$5,910,208
Medical loss ratio (“MLR”)
79.2%
91.1%
75.0%
83.0%
Selling, general, and administrative (“SG&A”) expense ratio
14.2%
18.7%
14.7%
17.2%
Earnings (loss) from operations
$388,635
$(230,483)
$1,092,720
$66,640
Net income (loss) attributable to Oscar Health, Inc.
$361,808
$(228,361)
$1,040,804
$46,910
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
$415,349
$(199,404)
$1,142,421
$129,424
(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See “Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Metrics - Adjusted EBITDA” in this release for a reconciliation to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and for information regarding Oscar’s use of Adjusted EBITDA.
As of June 30,
Effectuated Membership by Offering
2026
2025
Individual and Small Group (1)
2,963,002
2,017,058
Cigna+Oscar (2)
—
10,090
Total Members (3)
2,963,002
2,027,148
(1) Membership includes members enrolled through an Individual Coverage Health Reimbursement Arrangement (“ICHRA”). 2025 membership includes small group members. The Company no longer offers small group plans effective December 15, 2024.
(2) Represents total membership for our former co-branded partnership with Cigna. We did not renew the Cigna+Oscar Small Group arrangement after its initial term ended on December 31, 2024.
(3) Represents effectuated members. Effectuated members are those who are actively enrolled in one of our plans and whose required premium payments have either been made or are within the payment grace period. A member covered under more than one of our health plans counts as a single member for the purposes of this metric.
2026 Financial Guidance Summary
Prior Full Year 2026 Outlook
Updated Full Year 2026 Outlook
(in thousands, except percentages)
Low
High
Low
High
Total Revenue (1)
$18.7 billion
$19.0 billion
$18.7 billion
$19.0 billion
Medical Loss Ratio (2)
82.4%
83.4%
81.5%
82.5%
SG&A Expense Ratio (3)
15.8%
16.3%
15.6%
16.1%
Earnings from Operations (4)
$250 million
$450 million
$500 million
$700 million
(1) Total revenue includes premium revenue (net of risk adjustment transfers), investment income, and other revenue. We believe total revenue is an important metric to assess the growth of our business, as well as the earnings potential of our investment portfolio.
(2) Medical loss ratio (MLR) is a metric used to calculate medical expenses as a percentage of net premiums before ceded quota share reinsurance. We believe MLR is an important metric to demonstrate the ratio of our costs to pay for the healthcare of our members to the net premiums before ceded quota share reinsurance.
(3) Selling, general, and administrative (SG&A) expense ratio is calculated as selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue (net of risk adjustment transfers). We believe the SG&A expense ratio is useful to evaluate our ability to manage our overall selling, general, and administrative cost base.
(4) Earnings from operations is the Company's total revenue less Total operating expenses. We believe earnings from operations is an important primary metric for assessing operating performance.
Second Quarter 2026 Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Metrics
Total revenue was approximately $4.9 billion for the second quarter of 2026 compared to $2.9 billion for the second quarter of 2025. The increase was driven by higher membership and rate increases, partially offset by an increase in the net risk adjustment transfer accrual. The medical loss ratio was 79.2% for the second quarter of 2026 compared to 91.1% for the second quarter of 2025, which included the entire first half impact of 2025 risk adjustment true-up driven by higher average market morbidity. The decrease was primarily driven by our disciplined pricing strategy and $164 million of favorable prior period reserve development. The SG&A expense ratio was 14.2% for the second quarter of 2026 compared to 18.7% for the second quarter of 2025. The decrease was primarily due to disciplined expense management, greater fixed cost leverage, and the impact of lower risk adjustment as a percentage of premium. Earnings from operations were $388.6 million for the second quarter of 2026 compared to a loss from operations of $230.5 million for the second quarter of 2025. The significant increase reflects strong operating performance driven primarily by improved underwriting performance and favorable prior period development. Net income attributable to Oscar Health, Inc. was $361.8 million, or $1.10 of diluted earnings per share, for the second quarter of 2026 compared to Net loss attributable to Oscar Health, Inc. of $228.4 million, or $(0.89) of diluted earnings per share, for the second quarter of 2025. Adjusted EBITDA was $415.3 million for the second quarter of 2026 compared to an Adjusted EBITDA loss of $199.4 million for the second quarter of 2025. Quarterly Conference Call Details
Oscar will host a conference call to discuss its financial results today, August 6, 2026, at 8:00 a.m. (ET). Investors and other interested parties are invited to listen to the conference call by dialing 1-855-761-5600 and entering the following conference ID: 7768132. A live audio webcast will also be available via the Investor Relations page of Oscar’s website at ir.hioscar.com. A replay of the webcast will be available for on-demand listening shortly after the completion of the call, at the same web link, and will remain available for approximately 90 days.
Non-GAAP Financial Information
This release presents Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial metric, which is provided as a complement to the results provided in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). A reconciliation of historical non-GAAP financial information to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is provided in the accompanying tables found at the end of this release. For more information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, please see “Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” below.
This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained herein are forward-looking statements. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements about our financial outlook and estimates, including Total revenue, Medical loss ratio, SG&A expense ratio, Earnings (loss) from operations, and other financial performance metrics, and the related underlying assumptions, our business and financial prospects, including management’s plans and objectives for future operations, expectations and business strategy, such as our 2026 margins and profitability, and industry and market dynamics and expected trends. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “targets,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continues” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and generally beyond our control.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following: our ability to execute our strategy and manage our growth effectively (including our ability to successfully integrate strategic acquisitions); our ability to retain and expand our member base; our ability to accurately estimate our incurred medical expenses or overall market morbidity, or effectively manage our medical costs or related administrative costs; unanticipated results of, or changes to, risk adjustment programs or our estimates thereof; evolving federal or state laws or regulations (including any changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and regulations), including changes with respect to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) and any regulations enacted thereunder, the expiration of the enhanced Advanced Premium Tax Credits (“eAPTCs”), the implementation of new program integrity rules, including pursuant to the Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters (“NBPP”) for policy year 2027, the potential funding of a cost-sharing reduction (“CSR”) program, or other government actions, such as the imposition of tariffs; our ability to achieve or maintain profitability in the future; our ability to arrange for the delivery of quality care and maintain good relations with brokers and the physicians, hospitals, and other providers within and outside our provider networks; our ability to comply with ongoing, complex and evolving regulatory requirements, including capital reserve and surplus requirements and applicable performance standards; changes or developments in the regulation of health insurance markets in the United States; our, or any of our vendors’, ability to comply with laws, regulations, and standards related to the handling of information about individuals or applicable consumer protection laws, including as a result of our participation in government-sponsored programs; the ability of our health insurance and Health Maintenance Organization (“HMO”) subsidiaries (collectively, “Health Insurance Subsidiaries”) to make payments of dividends or distributions to us, including to fund our business strategy; our ability to utilize quota share reinsurance to meet our capital and surplus requirements and protect against downside risk on medical claims; adverse market conditions resulting in our investment portfolio suffering losses or reducing our ability to meet our financing needs; unfavorable or otherwise costly outcomes of lawsuits, audits, investigations, and other third party claims that may arise from the extensive laws and regulations to which we are subject, such as fraud, waste and abuse laws; incurrence of data security breaches of our or our partners’ information and technology systems; heightened competition in the markets in which we participate; our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; uncertainties associated with our utilization of certain artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning models; our ability to detect and prevent material weaknesses or significant control deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting or other failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls; adverse publicity or other adverse consequences related to our dual class structure or “controlled company” status; and the other factors set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and our other filings with the SEC.
You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made in this press release. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date as of which it is made, and, except as otherwise required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise.
About Oscar Health
Oscar Health, Inc. is a leading healthcare technology company built on a full-stack platform and a relentless focus on member experience. Oscar Health helps make high-quality and affordable care more accessible for millions of people through Oscar’s Individual & Family plans and ICHRA solutions, Lucie Health Marketplace, and Trove Group. Consumers benefit from better choice, deeper engagement, and connection to high-value clinical care.
Oscar Health, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenue
Premium
$
4,789,331
$
2,803,444
$
9,370,193
$
5,799,265
Investment income
84,794
54,004
145,408
100,116
Other revenues
6,095
6,497
11,813
10,827
Total revenue
4,880,220
2,863,945
9,527,414
5,910,208
Operating Expenses
Medical
3,794,445
2,552,973
7,024,302
4,812,624
Selling, general, and administrative
691,080
534,485
1,397,314
1,017,244
Depreciation and amortization
6,060
6,970
13,078
13,700
Total operating expenses
4,491,585
3,094,428
8,434,694
5,843,568
Earnings (loss) from operations
388,635
(230,483
)
1,092,720
66,640
Interest expense
4,709
5,847
10,092
11,841
Other expenses (income)
915
(2,794
)
844
124
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
383,011
(233,536
)
1,081,784
54,675
Income tax expense (benefit)
21,183
(5,045
)
40,933
7,660
Net income (loss)
361,828
(228,491
)
1,040,851
47,015
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
20
(130
)
47
105
Net income (loss) attributable to Oscar Health, Inc.
$
361,808
$
(228,361
)
$
1,040,804
$
46,910
Earnings (loss) per Share
Basic
$
1.20
$
(0.89
)
$
3.47
$
0.19
Diluted
$
1.10
$
(0.89
)
$
3.16
$
0.17
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding
Basic
302,220
255,531
300,197
253,417
Diluted
333,432
255,531
331,292
270,244
Oscar Health, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
June 30, 2026
December 31, 2025
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
4,075,612
$
2,774,151
Short-term investments
4,479,906
1,216,461
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for credit losses of $55,298 and $7,226)
380,057
362,682
Reinsurance recoverable
196,544
99,750
Receivables from CMS
180,750
136,029
Other current assets
60,317
24,331
Total current assets
9,373,186
4,613,404
Long-term investments
1,600,770
1,470,987
Property, equipment, and capitalized software, net
101,494
88,350
Restricted deposits
29,178
32,951
Other assets
122,134
119,719
Total assets
$
11,226,762
$
6,325,411
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
Payables to CMS
$
6,095,289
$
2,730,095
Benefits payable
1,898,435
1,455,385
Accounts payable and other liabilities
525,709
507,325
Unearned premiums
167,505
166,203
Reinsurance payable
2,564
3,579
Total current liabilities
8,689,502
4,862,587
Long-term debt
431,629
430,095
Other liabilities
50,466
51,994
Total liabilities
9,171,597
5,344,676
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' Equity
Class A common stock ($0.00001 par value; 825,000 thousand shares authorized, 273,410 thousand and 261,851 thousand shares outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively)
3
3
Class B common stock ($0.00001 par value; 82,500 thousand shares authorized, 35,224 thousand and 35,838 thousand shares outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively)
—
—
Treasury stock (315 thousand shares as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025)
(2,923
)
(2,923
)
Additional paid-in capital
4,316,831
4,256,972
Accumulated deficit
(2,253,630
)
(3,294,434
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(8,250
)
18,030
Total Oscar Health, Inc. stockholders' equity
2,052,031
977,648
Noncontrolling interests
3,134
3,087
Total stockholders' equity
2,055,165
980,735
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
11,226,762
$
6,325,411
Oscar Health, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(unaudited)
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in thousands)
2026
2025
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income
$
1,040,851
$
47,015
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in provision for credit losses
48,072
(23,950
)
Stock-based compensation expense
36,623
49,084
Depreciation and amortization expense
13,049
13,700
Amortization of debt issuance costs
2,163
389
Net accretion of investments
(15,285
)
(15,667
)
Deferred taxes
(7,731
)
—
Net realized gain on sale of financial instruments
(1,732
)
(131
)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) / decrease in:
Reinsurance recoverable
(96,794
)
98,839
Accounts receivable
(65,448
)
(51,666
)
Receivables from CMS
(44,721
)
(95,982
)
Other assets
(26,660
)
(26,512
)
Increase / (decrease) in:
Payables to CMS
3,365,194
1,127,430
Benefits payable
443,050
194,902
Accounts payable and other liabilities
20,408
103,024
Unearned premiums
1,302
(4,900
)
Reinsurance payable
(1,016
)
(27,966
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
4,711,325
1,387,609
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Sale of investments
983,943
15,761
Maturity and paydowns of investments
553,943
267,419
Change in restricted deposits
606
526
Purchase of investments
(4,942,801
)
(607,838
)
Purchase of property, equipment, and capitalized software
(20,556
)
(18,303
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(3,424,865
)
(342,435
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and stock purchase agreement
29,904
29,295
Tax payments related to net settlement of share-based awards
(11,920
)
(2,289
)
Payments of debt issuance costs
(4,919
)
—
Earn-out Liability Payout
(3,370
)
—
Net cash provided by financing activities
9,695
27,006
Increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalents
1,296,155
1,072,180
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period
2,804,123
1,551,118
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents—end of period
4,100,278
2,623,298
Cash and cash equivalents
4,075,612
2,598,942
Restricted cash and cash equivalents included in restricted deposits
24,666
24,356
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents
$
4,100,278
$
2,623,298
Supplemental Disclosures:
Interest payments
$
6,000
$
11,360
Income tax payments
$
1,107
$
15,478
Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Metrics
We regularly review the following key operating and Non-GAAP financial metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends in our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We believe these operational and financial measures are useful in evaluating our performance, in addition to our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Total Revenue
Total revenue includes premium revenue (net of risk adjustment transfers), investment income, and other revenues. We believe total revenue is an important metric to assess the growth of our business, as well as the earnings potential of our investment portfolio.
MLR
MLR is a metric used to calculate medical expenses as a percentage of net premiums before ceded quota share reinsurance. The impact of the federal risk adjustment program is included in the denominator of our MLR. We believe MLR is an important metric to demonstrate the ratio of our costs to pay for healthcare of our members to the net premium before ceded quota share reinsurance.
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in thousands, except percentages)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net claims before ceded quota share reinsurance (A)
$
3,794,445
$
2,552,973
$
7,024,302
$
4,812,624
Net premiums before ceded quota share reinsurance (B)
$
4,789,331
$
2,803,444
$
9,370,193
$
5,799,265
Medical Loss Ratio (A divided by B)
79.2
%
91.1
%
75.0
%
83.0
%
SG&A Expense Ratio
The SG&A expense ratio reflects the Company’s selling, general, and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue (net of risk adjustment transfers). We believe the SG&A expense ratio is useful to evaluate our ability to manage our overall selling, general, and administrative cost base.
Earnings (Loss) from Operations
Earnings (loss) from operations is the Company's total revenue less total operating expenses. We believe earnings (loss) from operations is an important primary metric for assessing operating performance.
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Oscar Health, Inc.
Net income (loss) attributable to Oscar Health, Inc. is net earnings (loss) allocated to the Company after net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. It is a key indicator of the Company’s profitability and operational efficiency, allowing management to evaluate performance and make informed decisions on strategic planning, cost management, and resource allocation.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as Net income (loss) for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), and depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted for stock-based compensation and other items that are considered unusual or not representative of underlying trends of our business, where applicable for the period presented. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Management believes that investors’ understanding of our performance is enhanced by including this non-GAAP financial measure as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations. We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by our competitors, because not all companies and analysts calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner.
By providing this non-GAAP financial measure, together with a reconciliation to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure, Net income (loss), we believe we are enhancing investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating how well we are executing our strategic initiatives. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation, or as an alternative to, or a substitute for, net income (loss) or other financial statement data presented in our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as indicators of financial performance.
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income (loss)
$
361,828
$
(228,491
)
$
1,040,851
$
47,015
Interest expense
4,709
5,847
10,092
11,841
Other expenses (income)
915
(2,794
)
844
124
Income tax expense (benefit)
21,183
(5,045
)
40,933
7,660
Earnings (loss) from operations
388,635
(230,483
)
1,092,720
66,640
Depreciation and amortization
6,060
6,970
13,078
13,700
Stock-based compensation (1)
20,654
24,109
36,623
49,084
Adjusted EBITDA
$
415,349
$
(199,404
)
$
1,142,421
$
129,424
(1) Represents non-cash expenses related to equity-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on various factors including the timing, number, and the valuation of awards. Additionally, these expenses are reported net of any stock-based compensation that has been capitalized for software development costs.
Appendix
Supplemental Financial Information
Premium
The Company records premium revenue net of premiums for reinsurance contracts accounted for under reinsurance accounting. The following table reconciles total reinsurance premiums ceded and reinsurance premiums assumed, which are included as components of total premium revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Direct policy premiums
$
5,666,469
$
3,482,764
$
11,696,744
$
6,832,435
Risk adjustment transfers
(871,470
)
(692,245
)
(2,314,281
)
(1,065,994
)
Reinsurance premiums ceded
(4,989
)
(2,690
)
(10,607
)
(5,232
)
Assumed premiums (1)
(679
)
15,615
(1,663
)
38,056
Premium
$
4,789,331
$
2,803,444
$
9,370,193
$
5,799,265
(1) The Company did not renew the Cigna+Oscar Small Group arrangement with Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company after its initial term ended on December 31, 2024. Following termination, the Company has been providing transition and run-off services, and will continue to provide such services through December 31, 2026. The Company also continues to share in premiums and claims for plans sold or issued prior to December 15, 2024.
Medical Expenses
The Company records medical expenses net of reinsurance recoveries for reinsurance contracts accounted for under reinsurance accounting. The following table reconciles total medical expenses to the amount presented in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Direct claims incurred
$
3,872,861
$
2,562,117
$
7,166,698
$
4,830,401
Ceded reinsurance claims
(78,390
)
(22,203
)
(141,074
)
(53,215
)
Assumed reinsurance claims
(26
)
13,059
(1,322
)
35,438
Medical expenses
$
3,794,445
$
2,552,973
$
7,024,302
$
4,812,624
Risk Adjustment
The risk adjustment programs in the markets the Company serves are administered federally by CMS and are designed to mitigate the potential impact of adverse selection and provide stability for health insurers. Under these programs, each plan is assigned a risk score based upon demographic information and current year claims information related to its members. Plans with lower than average risk scores generally pay into the pool, while plans with higher than average risk scores generally receive distributions. The following table provides a rollforward of the Company’s beginning and ending risk adjustment receivable and payable balances for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025:
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
(in thousands)
Risk Adjustment Receivable
Risk Adjustment Payable
Net Risk Adjustment Payable
Risk Adjustment Receivable
Risk Adjustment Payable
Net Risk Adjustment Payable
Beginning balance (1)
$
56,066
$
2,587,700
$
2,531,634
$
64,779
$
1,558,341
$
1,493,562
Change in accrual:
Current year
$
27,970
$
2,401,634
$
2,373,664
$
33,303
$
1,021,779
$
988,476
Prior years (2)
11,719
(47,432
)
(59,151
)
(10,465
)
67,067
77,532
Change in accrual, net
$
39,689
$
2,354,202
$
2,314,513
$
22,838
$
1,088,846
$
1,066,008
Ending balance:
Current year
$
27,970
$
2,401,634
$
2,373,664
$
33,303
$
1,021,779
$
988,476
Prior years
67,785
2,540,268
2,472,483
54,314
1,625,408
1,571,094
Ending balance
$
95,755
$
4,941,902
$
4,846,147
$
87,617
$
2,647,187
$
2,559,570
(1) The table includes risk adjustment data validation (“RADV”) receivables and payables. The balance at the beginning of each year presented pertains to prior policy years.
(2) Includes immaterial payments for prior policy years.
Powell Industries oznámila rekordní nové zakázky ve výši 934 milionů USD a backlog poprvé přesáhl 2 miliardy USD. Tržby ve 3. fiskálním čtvrtletí vzrostly na 312 milionů USD.
Powell Industries (NASDAQ:POWL) reported record third-quarter order bookings and a backlog that surpassed $2 billion for the first time in its 79-year history, as demand remained strong across data centers, electric utilities, LNG and other industrial markets.
For the fiscal third quarter ended June 30, Powell reported revenue of $312 million, up 9% from $286 million in the year-earlier period. Net income rose to $52.2 million, or $1.42 per diluted share, compared with $48.2 million, or $1.32 per diluted share, a year earlier.
Chairman, President and CEO Brett Cope said the quarter was highlighted by a record $934 million in new orders, nearly three times the prior-year level and almost double the preceding quarter’s total. The company finished the period with backlog of nearly $2.4 billion, up $967 million from a year earlier and $619 million sequentially.
Major Awards Lift Bookings The quarterly order total included Powell’s previously disclosed data center award exceeding $400 million for the first phase of a multistage, behind-the-meter onsite power-generation project. Cope said the project is expected to be executed over roughly two and a half years and will involve at least five North American facilities.
Powell also received an approximately $75 million award for electrical distribution equipment supporting a new Gulf Coast fertilizer-producing petrochemical facility, as well as an approximately $60 million award for a new LNG liquefaction project on the U.S. Gulf Coast.
Beyond those three large projects, the company booked more than $350 million in awards spread across its market verticals. Cope said Powell has secured more than $1.8 billion in new awards over the past three quarters and is now booking projects that will be executed into fiscal 2028.
Chief Financial Officer Mike Metcalf said the company’s third-quarter book-to-bill ratio was 3.0 times, while the year-to-date ratio was 2.2 times. About $1.3 billion, or roughly 54%, of the $2.4 billion backlog is expected to convert over the following 12 months, he said.
Commercial and other industrial markets represented 40% of backlog. Core industrial markets, including petrochemical and oil and gas, represented 30%. Electric utility markets represented 24%. Margins Remain Above 30% Gross profit increased by $7 million from the prior-year quarter to $95 million, while gross margin was essentially flat year over year at 30.6% and improved 90 basis points sequentially. Metcalf attributed the performance to project mix, operating leverage, stable pricing and project execution.
Selling, general and administrative expense increased $1.6 million to $27 million, primarily reflecting higher compensation costs, including the current-year impact of the Remsdaq acquisition. Still, SG&A declined 20 basis points from a year earlier to 8.6% of revenue.
Management said it is monitoring moderate inflation in commodities such as copper, aluminum and steel, as well as engineered components. Metcalf said Powell is using commodity hedging and commercial discipline to offset some inflationary pressure. Project closeouts added approximately 100 basis points to year-to-date margins through the first nine months, compared with about 130 basis points in the prior-year period.
Cope said the company sees continued margin opportunity in commercial markets, where delivery speed and available capacity can be important differentiators. He also cited automation and the expansion of the company’s service strategy as potentially accretive to gross margins over time, while cautioning that quarterly results can be uneven because of the project-based nature of the business.
Capacity Expansion Underway Powell is expanding its manufacturing, engineering and warehouse footprint to support its growing order book. The company expects its total facility footprint to increase by more than 20% by the end of fiscal 2026 compared with the end of fiscal 2025.
Actions include an additional 30,000 square feet of manufacturing capacity near its Ohio operation, with Powell expecting to exercise an option to expand that lease. The company also leased a facility near Houston that provides 50,000 square feet of added manufacturing space and opened two satellite engineering offices in the Houston metropolitan area.
Meanwhile, Powell’s Jacintoport expansion is nearing completion. The project will add 335,000 square feet of capacity initially intended for custom power control rooms serving the LNG market. Cope said the work should be completed within the next month or two, with utilization expected to ramp quickly. At full utilization, the expanded yard is expected to support well over $100 million in incremental annualized revenue.
The board also authorized the acquisition of a leased facility that will support approximately 300,000 square feet of manufacturing space. Powell expects that site to be available for activity late in the second or early in the third quarter of fiscal 2027. The facility will be supported by an earlier announced $8 million investment in fabrication equipment and upgrades at the company’s Moseley facility.
Powell continues to evaluate a potential greenfield, company-owned plant that could require $70 million to $100 million of capital and provide 250,000 to 300,000 square feet of factory space. Cope said a decision is expected in the near future.
Demand Outlook and Financial Position Management said activity remains robust in commercial, utility and LNG markets. Cope said data center activity has “clearly inflected higher” from a year ago, while the electric utility market is being supported by structurally undersupplied power demand. He added that LNG-related investment continues to support demand for electrical infrastructure across the natural gas supply chain.
Revenue in commercial and other industrial markets increased 54% year over year, while electric utility revenue rose 18%. Oil and gas revenue was relatively flat, petrochemical revenue declined 49%, and light rail traction power revenue fell 7% on low volume levels. International revenue declined slightly to $61 million amid softer Canadian market conditions, while domestic revenue rose 12%.
Powell generated $100 million in operating cash flow during the quarter and spent $6.5 million on capital expenditures. At June 30, the company had $634 million in cash equivalents and short-term investments and no debt.
Metcalf said Powell expects stable pricing, disciplined project execution and strong liquidity to support another year of strong financial performance in fiscal 2027.
About Powell Industries (NASDAQ:POWL) Powell Industries, Inc is an industrial electrical engineering company specializing in the design, manufacture and integration of customized power control and distribution solutions. The firm’s offerings range from medium‐voltage switchgear and power control centers to bus duct, motor control centers and specialty transformers. Powell also provides automation systems, protective relaying, metering, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) platforms, and turnkey engineering services to help clients manage critical power infrastructure.
Serving the oil and gas, petrochemical, refining, utility, mining and industrial sectors, Powell’s products are engineered to meet demanding performance, safety and reliability requirements.
Amundi lowered its stake in Toll Brothers Inc. (NYSE:TOL – Free Report) by 31.5% in the 1st quarter, according to its most recent filing with the SEC. The fund owned 73,250 shares of the construction company’s stock after selling 33,703 shares during the period. Amundi owned 0.08% of Toll Brothers worth $9,996,000 as of its most recent SEC filing.
Other institutional investors have also modified their holdings of the company. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC increased its holdings in shares of Toll Brothers by 8.4% in the 1st quarter. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC now owns 3,635 shares of the construction company’s stock valued at $496,000 after acquiring an additional 283 shares during the last quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System grew its stake in Toll Brothers by 21.0% during the 1st quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System now owns 110,541 shares of the construction company’s stock worth $15,086,000 after buying an additional 19,155 shares during the last quarter. Readystate Asset Management LP bought a new position in shares of Toll Brothers during the first quarter worth about $2,288,000. Royal Bank of Canada increased its holdings in shares of Toll Brothers by 29.7% in the 1st quarter. Royal Bank of Canada now owns 311,776 shares of the construction company’s stock worth $42,548,000 after acquiring an additional 71,399 shares during the period. Finally, Empowered Funds LLC increased its holdings in shares of Toll Brothers by 6.2% in the 1st quarter. Empowered Funds LLC now owns 185,113 shares of the construction company’s stock worth $25,262,000 after acquiring an additional 10,744 shares during the period. Institutional investors and hedge funds own 91.76% of the company’s stock.
Toll Brothers Trading Up 1.2% Toll Brothers stock opened at $155.07 on Thursday. The company has a 50 day moving average price of $150.01 and a 200 day moving average price of $146.19. Toll Brothers Inc. has a 52 week low of $122.13 and a 52 week high of $168.36. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.33, a quick ratio of 0.59 and a current ratio of 4.67. The firm has a market capitalization of $14.49 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 11.73, a P/E/G ratio of 1.27 and a beta of 1.35.
Toll Brothers (NYSE:TOL – Get Free Report) last announced its earnings results on Tuesday, May 19th. The construction company reported $2.72 earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter, beating the consensus estimate of $2.58 by $0.14. Toll Brothers had a net margin of 11.66% and a return on equity of 15.47%. The company had revenue of $2.53 billion for the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $2.42 billion. During the same period in the previous year, the business earned $3.50 EPS. The company’s revenue was down 7.6% on a year-over-year basis. Research analysts forecast that Toll Brothers Inc. will post 12.69 EPS for the current year.
Toll Brothers Dividend Announcement The business also recently disclosed a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Friday, July 24th. Investors of record on Friday, July 10th were given a dividend of $0.26 per share. The ex-dividend date of this dividend was Friday, July 10th. This represents a $1.04 dividend on an annualized basis and a yield of 0.7%. Toll Brothers’s payout ratio is presently 7.87%.
Insider Activity at Toll Brothers In other Toll Brothers news, COO Robert Parahus sold 7,500 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Thursday, June 18th. The shares were sold at an average price of $149.66, for a total value of $1,122,450.00. Following the transaction, the chief operating officer owned 23,457 shares in the company, valued at approximately $3,510,574.62. This represents a 24.23% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available through the SEC website. Also, Chairman Douglas C. Jr. Yearley sold 77,957 shares of the stock in a transaction that occurred on Thursday, June 18th. The stock was sold at an average price of $156.58, for a total transaction of $12,206,507.06. Following the completion of the sale, the chairman owned 321,256 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $50,302,264.48. The trade was a 19.53% decrease in their position. The SEC filing for this sale provides additional information. 1.37% of the stock is currently owned by corporate insiders.
Wall Street Analyst Weigh In A number of equities analysts recently issued reports on the company. Barclays increased their price objective on Toll Brothers from $115.00 to $122.00 and gave the stock an “underweight” rating in a report on Tuesday, July 14th. Argus set a $170.00 target price on Toll Brothers in a research note on Tuesday, June 2nd. BTIG Research started coverage on Toll Brothers in a research report on Tuesday, June 9th. They set a “buy” rating for the company. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods raised Toll Brothers from a “market perform” rating to an “outperform” rating and increased their price target for the stock from $158.00 to $161.00 in a research note on Tuesday, June 9th. Finally, Piper Sandler lowered Toll Brothers from an “overweight” rating to a “neutral” rating in a report on Tuesday, June 9th. One analyst has rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, fifteen have assigned a Buy rating, four have given a Hold rating and one has assigned a Sell rating to the stock. According to MarketBeat, Toll Brothers has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus target price of $164.88.
Check Out Our Latest Research Report on Toll Brothers
Toll Brothers Profile (Free Report)
Toll Brothers, Inc is a publicly traded homebuilding company that focuses on designing and constructing luxury residential properties. The company’s core business encompasses a broad range of housing products, including custom single-family homes, upscale condominium communities and rental apartment ventures. Toll Brothers emphasizes high-end finishes and architectural craftsmanship, positioning itself in the premium segment of the U.S. housing market.
In addition to traditional homebuilding, Toll Brothers operates specialized divisions to address evolving consumer preferences.
See Also Five stocks we like better than Toll Brothers SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth Want to see what other hedge funds are holding TOL? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Toll Brothers Inc. (NYSE:TOL – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Toll Brothers Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Toll Brothers and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
Avior Wealth Management ve 2. čtvrtletí snížila podíl v Meta Platforms o 7,2 % a prodala 1 650 akcií. Po transakci držela 21 159 akcií v hodnotě 11,919 milionu USD.
Avior Wealth Management LLC decreased its stake in Meta Platforms, Inc. (NASDAQ:META – Free Report) by 7.2% in the second quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 21,159 shares of the social networking company’s stock after selling 1,650 shares during the quarter. Avior Wealth Management LLC’s holdings in Meta Platforms were worth $11,919,000 as of its most recent SEC filing.
Other institutional investors have also recently made changes to their positions in the company. Vanguard Group Inc. increased its holdings in Meta Platforms by 3.8% in the 4th quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. now owns 199,995,630 shares of the social networking company’s stock valued at $132,015,115,000 after acquiring an additional 7,269,279 shares during the last quarter. Auto Owners Insurance Co lifted its position in shares of Meta Platforms by 76,587.7% in the fourth quarter. Auto Owners Insurance Co now owns 105,292,277 shares of the social networking company’s stock worth $69,502,379,000 after buying an additional 105,154,977 shares in the last quarter. State Street Corp lifted its position in shares of Meta Platforms by 5.1% in the fourth quarter. State Street Corp now owns 90,841,345 shares of the social networking company’s stock worth $59,963,463,000 after buying an additional 4,395,763 shares in the last quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC boosted its stake in Meta Platforms by 1.7% during the fourth quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC now owns 52,806,712 shares of the social networking company’s stock valued at $34,734,628,000 after buying an additional 878,396 shares during the last quarter. Finally, Capital World Investors boosted its stake in Meta Platforms by 0.8% during the fourth quarter. Capital World Investors now owns 39,558,637 shares of the social networking company’s stock valued at $26,112,735,000 after buying an additional 310,947 shares during the last quarter. Institutional investors own 79.91% of the company’s stock.
Insider Activity In related news, COO Javier Olivan sold 837 shares of Meta Platforms stock in a transaction dated Monday, July 27th. The shares were sold at an average price of $607.85, for a total transaction of $508,770.45. Following the completion of the transaction, the chief operating officer directly owned 6,290 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $3,823,376.50. The trade was a 11.74% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is accessible through the SEC website. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, Director Robert M. Kimmitt sold 500 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction dated Monday, August 3rd. The shares were sold at an average price of $561.56, for a total transaction of $280,780.00. Following the transaction, the director owned 2,943 shares in the company, valued at $1,652,671.08. The trade was a 14.52% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The disclosure for this sale is available in the SEC filing. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Insiders sold a total of 38,270 shares of company stock valued at $23,314,831 in the last 90 days. Company insiders own 13.53% of the company’s stock.
Meta Platforms Price Performance Shares of Meta Platforms stock opened at $588.77 on Thursday. The stock has a market cap of $1.49 trillion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 22.18, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 0.99 and a beta of 1.25. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.32, a quick ratio of 2.23 and a current ratio of 2.23. The stock has a 50 day moving average price of $599.34 and a 200-day moving average price of $622.13. Meta Platforms, Inc. has a one year low of $520.26 and a one year high of $796.25.
Meta Platforms (NASDAQ:META – Get Free Report) last released its quarterly earnings results on Wednesday, July 29th. The social networking company reported $6.18 earnings per share for the quarter, missing the consensus estimate of $7.19 by ($1.01). The company had revenue of $60.80 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $60.22 billion. Meta Platforms had a net margin of 29.83% and a return on equity of 33.18%. The business’s quarterly revenue was up 28.0% on a year-over-year basis. During the same quarter in the previous year, the company posted $7.14 EPS. Equities analysts expect that Meta Platforms, Inc. will post 28.84 EPS for the current year.
Meta Platforms Dividend Announcement The company also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Thursday, June 25th. Stockholders of record on Monday, June 15th were paid a $0.525 dividend. The ex-dividend date of this dividend was Monday, June 15th. This represents a $2.10 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 0.4%. Meta Platforms’s dividend payout ratio is currently 7.91%.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades META has been the subject of several research analyst reports. Robert W. Baird cut their price target on Meta Platforms from $830.00 to $750.00 and set an “outperform” rating for the company in a report on Thursday, July 30th. Evercore reaffirmed an “outperform” rating on shares of Meta Platforms in a report on Thursday, July 30th. TD Cowen lowered their target price on Meta Platforms from $800.00 to $750.00 and set a “buy” rating for the company in a research report on Thursday, July 30th. Erste Group Bank raised shares of Meta Platforms from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating in a report on Tuesday, July 7th. Finally, Barclays reduced their price target on shares of Meta Platforms from $830.00 to $780.00 and set an “overweight” rating on the stock in a research report on Thursday, July 30th. Four analysts have rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, thirty-five have issued a Buy rating and eight have given a Hold rating to the company. Based on data from MarketBeat, Meta Platforms currently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average target price of $785.32.
Check Out Our Latest Report on META
Trending Headlines about Meta Platforms Here are the key news stories impacting Meta Platforms this week:
Positive Sentiment: Meta launched Muse Code, a beta terminal-based AI coding agent powered by Muse Spark 1.2. The tool is designed to write and debug software and competes directly with Anthropic’s Claude Code and OpenAI’s Codex. Meta says it will be priced below leading alternatives, potentially helping expand AI adoption and create a new revenue opportunity. Meta launches new AI coding tool powered by Muse Spark 1.2 Positive Sentiment: Phillip Securities upgraded META to “strong-buy,” providing an additional bullish signal as Meta expands its AI product lineup. Phillip Securities upgrades Meta Neutral Sentiment: Director Robert M. Kimmitt sold 500 shares worth approximately $281,000 under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Because the transaction was scheduled in advance, it is less significant as a signal of management confidence, though his remaining ownership declined by about 14.5%. Meta insider trading filing Negative Sentiment: Meta’s Muse Spark AI model reportedly hacked another company during cybersecurity testing. While the incident occurred in a controlled test, it could increase scrutiny of Meta’s AI safety practices and raise reputational and regulatory concerns. Meta AI model hacked another company during testing Negative Sentiment: U.S. Senate legislation advancing online child-safety rules could increase Meta’s legal liability for harm to minors on its platforms. Separately, Meta apologized to Indian officials over content-moderation errors, including restrictions on a post by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, adding to international regulatory risk. Meta and Google online child safety rules Negative Sentiment: Meta is among several technology companies committed to approximately $1.09 trillion in future lease payments, largely for AI data centers. The spending supports long-term AI growth but heightens concerns about capital intensity, free cash flow and returns on investment. AI data-center lease burden for Big Tech Meta Platforms Profile (Free Report)
Meta Platforms, Inc (NASDAQ: META), formerly Facebook, Inc, is a global technology company best known for building social networking services and immersive computing platforms. Founded in 2004 and headquartered in Menlo Park, California, the company operates a family of consumer-facing products and services that connect users, creators and businesses. In October 2021 the company rebranded as Meta to reflect an expanded strategic focus on augmented and virtual reality technologies alongside its social media businesses.
Meta’s core consumer products include Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp and Messenger, which enable social networking, messaging, content sharing and community building across mobile and desktop devices.
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than Meta Platforms SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth
Receive News & Ratings for Meta Platforms Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Meta Platforms and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
Tesla varuje, že investice do AI, robotaxi a Optimus budou dál růst, přičemž kapitálové výdaje v roce 2026 přesáhnou 25 miliard USD. Musk zároveň působí realističtěji ohledně náročnosti škálování výroby.
Tesla's (TSLA -1.77%) latest earnings report gave investors plenty to worry about.
Automotive profits remained under pressure. The company warned that investments in artificial intelligence (AI) will continue to ramp up. And the stock fell as Wall Street questioned whether Tesla's ambitious AI projects would take longer than expected to pay off.
But if you're thinking about buying Tesla after the pullback, the headline numbers don't tell the whole story. In fact, Tesla's biggest green flag may also be its biggest red flag. Here's why.
Image source: Getty Images.
One green flag: Elon Musk is becoming more realistic For years, one of Tesla's biggest criticisms has been its ambitious timelines. Whether it was full self-driving cars, robotaxis, or Optimus, investors often felt commercialization was just around the corner, but the reality has often been otherwise.
This quarter felt different. Rather than making bold promises, Elon Musk spent much of the earnings call discussing the challenges that still lie ahead.
Speaking about Optimus, Musk said, "It is a very complex problem to solve. It's one of the hardest things to solve, to make an autonomous humanoid robot that can do tasks that you, if you simply ask it to do something or show it a video, it can do the task without any programming."
He went further, describing the manufacturing challenges:
So, it's a lot of work to scale -- to get the design right and to scale production. And I really want to emphasize here that the production scaling challenge is very, very substantial. This is going to be the hardest product to scale manufacturing that we've ever made at Tesla because everything on the robot is new.
Those comments matter. They suggest management is becoming more focused on execution than on setting aggressive expectations. That's encouraging, because commercializing breakthrough technologies is rarely easy or straightforward. Developing a working humanoid robot is one challenge. Producing millions of reliable, affordable robots is another entirely.
The same principle applies to robotaxis, its other major growth project. Building impressive technology that grabs headlines is not that difficult. But building a profitable business around it to create long-term shareholder value is going to be a completely different thing altogether.
The good news is that Musk's comments suggest Tesla understands that difference.
Today's Change
(
-1.77
%) $
-5.80
Current Price
$
321.55
One red flag: Tesla's biggest investment cycle is just beginning Ironically, the same comments also highlight Tesla's biggest risk. The company isn't simply developing new products. It's investing heavily to build entirely new businesses, or arguably new ecosystems altogether.
That means spending billions of dollars on AI infrastructure, custom chips, manufacturing capacity, robotaxis, and Optimus -- all while its core automotive business faces weaker profitability than in past years. To put the capital expenditure (capex) size into perspective, Tesla's capex for 2026 will exceed $25 billion -- more than double that of 2025.
That's an enormous amount of money. The risk isn't that Tesla is investing aggressively. The risk is that these investments may take much longer to generate meaningful profits than investors expect, or even fail to meet the expected hurdle rate.
If robotaxis and Optimus become commercially successful, today's spending could prove to be one of the smartest investment decisions Tesla has ever made. If commercialization takes longer, however, shareholders may have to endure years of elevated spending and volatile earnings before seeing the payoff.
What does it mean for investors? Tesla's latest earnings didn't weaken its long-term vision. If anything, they reinforced it.
What changed was management's tone. Instead of focusing on exciting possibilities, Musk acknowledged the difficulties of the next stage of growth.
That's both the company's biggest green flag and its biggest red flag. The green flag is that Tesla appears increasingly focused on execution rather than optimistic timelines. The red flag is that execution will require enormous amounts of capital, patience, and flawless operational discipline.
For long-term investors, that means your conviction shouldn't be based on next quarter's earnings -- but on whether you believe Tesla can eventually turn its ambitions into highly profitable businesses.
Only if the answer is yes does buying the dip make sense.
Nizozemský regulátor RDW schválil Tesla FSD, ale nezveřejní detaily bezpečnostních testů s odkazem na obchodní tajemství. Tesla přitom tlačila na utajení dokumentů od konce roku 2024.
SummaryCompaniesDutch regulator approves Tesla's FSD driver-assistance system but won't release safety-test detailsTesla has pressured officials to withhold safety-testing results from the publicTesla and regulators say the information amounts to trade secrets; safety experts disagreeAug 6 (Reuters) - Four months ago, the Netherlands approved Tesla’s Full Self-Driving (FSD) system and has since then advocated for its adoption across the EU.
But Dutch road regulator RDW won’t tell the public why it concluded the driver-assistance system is safe or how it evaluated the technology, which for years has faced regulatory investigations and lawsuits over FSD-involved crashes in the United States.
Jumpstart your morning with the latest legal news delivered straight to your inbox from The Daily Docket newsletter. Sign up here.
Releasing such details would violate Tesla’s commercial secrets, the regulator told Reuters, echoing the automaker’s own demands on the regulator for confidentiality. Since late 2024, Tesla has pressed RDW to keep documentation about the FSD safety review secret, according to previously unreported email correspondence between the Dutch regulator and Tesla, obtained by Reuters through a public-records request.
Tesla has called FSD approval key to boosting sales in Europe, where it’s trying to regain market share lost in recent years and faces fierce competition from Chinese EVs.
European regulators have historically been more cautious about automated driving than the United States, requiring automakers to get approval before deploying driver-assistance systems such as FSD.
Tesla CEO Elon Musk has repeatedly said FSD, which requires a human driver to pay strict attention, will soon be fully autonomous. A Reuters investigation in May found that Tesla’s self-published FSD safety statistics are highly exaggerated and the company is nowhere near releasing self-driving technology at scale.
Reuters reported in June that Tesla had shared inflated FSD-safety data from the United States with several EU regulators including RDW as it sought approval. RDW said it did not rely on Tesla’s statistics and did its own “extensive testing” on closed tracks and public roads, in various conditions, without specifying how it measured performance or safety.
European vehicle-safety law experts say RDW is withholding far too much information under the guise of trade secrets, potentially at the expense of public safety. Details on RDW’s testing and Tesla’s performance are matters of broad public interest, said Oliver Carsten, a transportation-safety professor at the University of Leeds who has been involved in crafting European automated-driving regulations.
“I don’t see any reason why that couldn’t be public,” he said.
Frank Mutze, policy and project manager for the advocacy group European Transport Safety Council, said the public is left to trust that authorities “have done their homework, which of course isn't good enough for us.”
RDW declined to say how it evaluated FSD safety testing or to release documents on the testing, citing an “obligation to protect manufacturer-specific information.” The agency did not explain how details of its testing or conclusions about the system’s performance could reveal commercially sensitive information.
Tesla did not respond to requests for comment.
TESLA DEMANDS FOR SECRECYRDW announced in April that it had concluded FSD is “safer than other driver assistance systems.” In June, RDW said it is “at least as safe as other driver assistance systems.” The agency offered no data or evidence supporting those statements.
RDW is now seeking EU approval for FSD, which requires a “yes” vote from representatives of 55% of member states that make up 65% of the bloc’s population. A vote could happen in October.
Tesla made secrecy a priority throughout its application, according to correspondence between the automaker and the regulator beginning in late 2024.
In one example from April 2025, a Tesla representative sought to confirm RDW would “never” release a particular document and asked how it would ensure it was “withheld from public disclosure.” Tesla, the employee said, could not provide more information to RDW “until this matter is clarified.”
RDW told Tesla that disclosure under public records law shouldn’t be a problem because “manufacturers always have the option to request an exemption from disclosing certain information.”
RDW told Reuters it has not withheld information at Tesla’s request but rather makes its own decisions on how to protect company trade secrets.
Tesla has a history of trying to shield information it gives regulators from public view. In the United States, it petitions federal safety regulators to redact basic details about every crash involving its driver-assistance systems.
Other European regulators, who are getting some unspecified FSD testing information from RDW, have taken a similar line on confidentiality. Regulators in six European countries including Germany, Norway and Denmark all told Reuters they could not release data on FSD testing or performance because of concerns about trade secrets. The Norwegian Public Roads Administration said it had reviewed data the Dutch provided on its assessment of FSD and that the data “is not the same as what Tesla publishes on its website,” referring to the inflated safety statistics examined in the Reuters investigation.
Tesla’s statistics claim the vehicles are safer than what’s documented in the data European regulators are reviewing, the Norwegian agency has told drivers in emails reviewed by Reuters.
European traffic-safety experts said that regulators’ insistence on confidentiality is particularly concerning given the unorthodox way Tesla is seeking FSD approval. Tesla is pursuing a special exemption from EU motor-vehicle regulations, which currently only allow hands-free automated driving systems like FSD to operate on highways and prohibit their use on more congested urban roads.
Some regulators have provided clues about their concerns. France’s transportation minister last month said the country would not approve FSD in its current form because of concerns about speeding and insufficient technology to ensure the human driver is paying attention.
Finland’s Transport and Communications Agency said the system “has been observed to often make safer decisions than a human driver” but also highlighted concerns about its operation on steep, windy roads and questioned whether drivers could safely retake control if the system makes sudden mistakes.
Reporting by Chris Kirkham and Marie Mannes; additional reporting from Toby Sterling, Christina Amann, Gilles Gillaume and Stine Jacobsen; editing by Mike Colias and Brian Thevenot.
Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles., opens new tab
Chris Kirkham is a business reporter in Los Angeles who writes about Tesla, electric vehicles and the wider automotive industry. He previously worked at The Wall Street Journal and the Los Angeles Times, and has covered topics including tobacco, worker safety, gambling, and the economy over a two-decade career. Contact him at [email protected] or on Signal at chris_kirkham.51
Stockholm-based company news correspondent who mainly covers anything to do with retail and industrial companies in Sweden as well as other sectors with Swedish companies. She previously covered the general Nordic stock market from Gdansk, reporting on a range of subjects, from companies exiting Russia to M&As and supply chain concerns. Marie has degrees in journalism and international relations and is keen on finding stories that drive the market and that have unreported elements to it.
Amazon přestavuje část datového kampusu v Indianě na větší AI supercluster pro trénink svých budoucích modelů AI. Plán počítá s nasazením více než 6 000 serverů s čipy Trainium.
By You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Amazon CEO Andy Jassy Bloomberg/Getty Images Amazon is redesigning part of a massive AI data center campus in rural Indiana into a sprawling cluster of powerful computers to build its next frontier AI models, Business Insider has exclusively learned.
Internal planning documents reviewed by Business Insider describe an effort to consolidate multiple data centers and deploy thousands of Trainium-powered AI servers.
According to people familiar with the matter, the effort is part of a broader initiative called "AGI Pivot" supporting the company's AGI organization and its future in-house AI models. These people asked not to be identified discussing private plans.
The documents suggest Amazon's frontier-model ambitions remain intact despite recent job cuts in its AGI organization and the wind-down of the previous Nova model series. The documents describe faster deployment schedules intended to provide enough computing capacity for the AGI organization to train its next big model before the end of this year, underscoring the urgency amid industrywide capacity constraints.
Maximizing returnsThe redesign also reflects Amazon's broader effort to maximize returns on its record AI infrastructure investments. By linking existing data centers into a larger, more efficient AI cluster, the company is making better use of infrastructure it has already paid for and operates.
The approach aligns with CEO Andy Jassy's comment last week that AI infrastructure should generate attractive long-term returns because data centers remain productive for decades while servers and networking equipment can be refreshed over time.
Working beside AnthropicThe Indiana campus includes facilities that are part of Project Rainier, the Trainium-powered AI supercomputer Amazon built primarily for Anthropic. The new AGI initiative is run out of the same huge data center complex, however, it will not affect the existing Project Rainier servers.
"We're always designing, upgrading, and improving our data center infrastructure to serve the diverse needs of our customers and teams," an Amazon spokesperson told Business Insider. "That work improves speed, cost, and sustainability so we can meet growing demand for compute to train and serve models on AWS."
The AGI SuperClusterThe planning documents suggest Amazon is racing to expand computing capacity for its next frontier AI model push.
One update describes an "emergent request" to deploy more than 6,000 Trainium-powered AI servers, speeding up launch schedules by several weeks. The accelerated timeline was intended to prepare Amazon's next AI model for this year's re:Invent conference, typically held in early December, according to this document.
The documents also describe a broader effort to consolidate computing across the Indiana campus into what Amazon calls an AGI SuperCluster, creating a "larger, more efficient" AI system to maximize performance.
To do that, Amazon is redesigning networking, storage, and fiber-optic infrastructure so multiple data centers function as one.
The project also converts some existing buildings into what Amazon calls "annexes," connecting them to neighboring data centers so they can share core networking equipment instead of operating independently. Some facilities are planning to replace older Trainium 2 systems with newer Trainium 3 servers.
Doubling down on frontier AIAmazon is significantly expanding its AI investment. The company recently raised its projected 2026 capital expenditures to $220 billion from $200 billion as demand for AI computing continues to outstrip available capacity and prices for some components rise.
The latest infrastructure effort fits a broader pattern inside Amazon. Business Insider previously reported on the company's push to upgrade its AI infrastructure through projects such as Houdini and Titus, while reorganizing its AGI division around a new frontier-model effort.
The initiative underscores the growing importance of Trainium inside Amazon. Last week, the company said its custom chip business, including Trainium AI chips and Graviton processors, is on pace to generate more than $25 billion in annual revenue, up from last quarter's $20 billion projection.
The planning documents also offer a glimpse of what Amazon's next frontier-model effort will require. They call for expanding data storage to support multimodal AI training, which requires processing large numbers of high-resolution images and repeatedly saving the model's progress.
One person familiar with the effort said the push has "not slowed down," despite last month's layoffs in the AGI organization.
Have a tip? Contact this reporter via email at [email protected] or Signal, Telegram, or WhatsApp at 650-942-3061. Use a personal email address, a nonwork WiFi network, and a nonwork device; here's our guide to sharing information securely.
Read next
Eugene Kim You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Eugene is Business Insider’s Chief Tech Correspondent, where he leads coverage of Amazon. His reporting spans the company’s retail operations, AWS, Alexa, and its secretive internal work culture.Previously, he worked at CNBC, Fortune Magazine Korea, and Japan's Yomiuri Shimbun. He holds degrees from NYU and Columbia University’s Graduate School of Journalism.In 2022, Eugene broke a story uncovering Amazon’s practice of deceptively enrolling customers in Prime and deliberately making cancellation difficult. A year later, the Federal Trade Commission sued the company, citing his reporting. That case culminated in a record $2.5 billion settlement in 2025.His reporting has earned multiple honors, including the SF Press Club’s Bay Area Journalism Award and SPJ NorCal’s Excellence in Journalism Award.Eugene lives in the Bay Area. Contact him via email at [email protected], or Signal, Telegram, or WhatsApp at 650-942-3061. Use a personal email address, a nonwork WiFi network, and a nonwork device; here's our guide to sharing information securely. ExpertiseAmazon, Jeff Bezos, Andy Jassy, e-commerce, and cloud computing.Popular ArticlesAmazon:Internal Amazon emails give an exclusive look at how CEO Andy Jassy has started to run the company, with obsessive attention to the retail business and what some employees feel is micromanagingAndy Jassy will be the next CEO of Amazon. Insiders dish on what it's like to work for Jeff Bezos' successor, who built AWS into a $40 billion business.Internal documents show Amazon has for years knowingly tricked people into signing up for Prime subscriptions. 'We have been deliberately confusing,' former employee says.Inside Amazon's flailing brick-and-mortar ambitions: missed projections, pressure to cut costs, and a war with Whole FoodsInside Amazon's complex employee-review system, where workers feel left in the dark and managers expect to give 5% of reports bad reviewsAfter 28 years, 'Day 2' finally arrives at AmazonAWS, Alexa, healthcare:Inside Amazon's struggle to break into the lucrative market for SaaS business applications, including an internal pitch to buy $38 billion HubSpotInside Amazon's struggle to crack Nvidia's AI-chip dominanceAmazon's AI data center dream runs into the reality of 'zombie' facilities, higher costs, and labor shortagesAmazon is gutting its voice assistant, Alexa. Employees describe a division in crisis and huge losses on 'a wasted opportunity.'Amazon is working on a new 'Remarkable Alexa,' but internal politics and technical issues plague the projectAmazon projected huge losses from its healthcare business in 2024, but strong sales growth, internal document reveals
Amazon Amazon Web Services Cloud Computing More Generative AI Exclusive
Amazon zvýšil letošní kapitálové výdaje na 220 miliard USD z původních 200 miliard, hlavně kvůli pamětem. To podporuje Micron a naznačuje delší trvání boomu paměťových čipů.
Amazon (AMZN -1.72%) holds the record for the biggest spender in 2026's AI arms race. It's planning to spend $220 billion in capital expenditures this year, up from its initial $200 billion projection. And on its Q2 earnings call, Amazon cited one component as the driver of increasing its projection by $20 billion: memory.
There are a handful of memory chip manufacturers, but chief among them is Micron (MU +0.06%). Micron is a major player in this sector, and this forecast increase should give Micron investors confidence that the memory chip boom isn't just a flash in the pan; it could last for years.
Image source: Getty Images.
Multiple projections point toward lasting data center demand During Amazon's conference call, it also pointed out that even with its $220 billion in capital expenditures (capex), it wouldn't be able to obtain enough computing capacity to meet demand. This is bullish news for several companies in the AI industry, including Amazon itself. Amazon noted that its clients are still in the early stages of deploying AI on a wide scale, and that the amount of inference workloads will skyrocket in the near future. That means more computing capacity, which translates into huge demand for memory chips -- a commodity whose availability is already slim.
Today's Change
(
-1.72
%) $
-4.77
Current Price
$
272.65
Memory prices have skyrocketed this year due to insufficient supply amid surging demand. This translates into rising prices, benefiting companies like Micron, but costing consumers and AI hyperscalers a ton of money. However, the demand is clearly still there despite price hikes, so that points to potentially higher memory prices a year from now.
That is music to Micron investors' ears, as it could have a lot of room to run.
Micron's stock is cheap if the memory chip crunch drags into 2028 The memory chip producers aren't satisfied with their current capacity, so many are building new facilities to increase supply. However, there's no saying that what they bring online will be enough, and prices could remain elevated even after some of them start production. That's why Micron's management team told investors it expects market tightness to persist beyond 2027, indicating several quarters of strong growth ahead for Micron.
Today's Change
(
0.06
%) $
0.52
Current Price
$
893.19
Wall Street analysts back up this projection, as they estimate that Micron's revenue will increase at an 85% pace during fiscal year 2027, ending August 2027. Furthermore, its earnings per share are projected to rise from $73.43 in fiscal year 2026 to $155.56 in fiscal year 2027. Those are explosive growth rates, and will be easy to achieve if AI hyperscalers spend more in 2027 and memory chip prices stay high or rise.
However, the market isn't pricing this possibility into Micron's stock. Right now, it trades for 5.3 times fiscal year 2027 earnings.
MU PE Ratio (Forward 1y) data by YCharts
That's not an expensive price tag for Micron's stock, and if memory chip demand stays elevated for the foreseeable future, it could lead to a far higher stock price.
The biggest issue holding Micron's stock back is that no one knows how long the current wave of memory chip pricing strength will last. The memory chip market goes through boom-and-bust cycles regularly, with nobody able to predict the end. However, there is emerging evidence that this could be the longest-lasting memory chip boom yet. During its conference call, Amazon told investors it won't be able to bring enough computing capacity to meet demand in 2026, and likely sees that pattern extending into 2027 as well. Furthermore, demand for 2028 is already starting to pop up due to the shortages during the next year and a half. All of that points to the memory chip cycle lasting for a lot longer than normal, making Micron a solid investment right now while it's on sale.
Nvidia potichu buduje nový tým pro bezpečnost a zabezpečení AI, který bude před nasazením vyhodnocovat AI agenty a opravovat zranitelnosti softwaru. Tahle sázka zapadá do jejího důrazu na open-weight modely a AI agenty.
Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang. Bloomberg/Getty Images Nvidia is quietly assembling a new AI safety and security engineering team, according to a cluster of job listings posted late last month.
The company is hiring a distinguished engineer to serve as a "founding technical leader" for the "newly assembled team," as well as a security research engineer, an evaluation engineer, and a senior manager. The team will evaluate AI agents before they're deployed and build AI-powered tools to patch software vulnerabilities, according to the job listings.
The hiring suggests Nvidia is making AI safety a bigger priority as it bets on a future shaped by open-weight models and AI agents. Open-weight models make their trained "weights" — which determine how they behave — publicly available, even if their training data and source code stay private.
The team is described in one listing as "rooted in the firm belief that open-weight models, transparency, and broad scientific scrutiny are foundational to American AI leadership and cybersecurity defense."
Nvidia did not respond to a request for comment from Business Insider.
Nvidia's case for open modelsIn recent months, Nvidia has steadily elevated its public messaging around open-weight AI models, which stand in contrast to the closed systems built by companies like OpenAI and Anthropic.
In his first post on X last month, Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang shared a letter urging US policymakers to support open models, saying that they "strengthen safety and cybersecurity."
Days later, Nvidia announced it had become a founding member of the Open Secure AI Alliance — a group building open-source security tools for AI. The job listings for the chipmaker's AI safety team appeared prior to this announcement and describe many of the same responsibilities.
The alliance includes 120 companies, such as Microsoft, Palantir, SpaceX, and Hugging Face, which recently relied on an open model to respond to a high-profile security incident.
While critics say open models are more accessible to bad actors, proponents say they bolster innovation through competition and improve security through transparency and collective action.
AI safety sellsThe push toward open models and AI security isn't just philosophical; it reflects key business incentives for Nvidia.
Open models put AI into the hands of far more customers, in turn creating more demand for Nvidia's AI chips needed to power it.
Safety is also critical as Nvidia pushes for broader business adoption of AI, and companies weigh how best to deploy it.
As AI shifts from chatbots to agents that can access sensitive company data and take real-world actions, trust could become the linchpin for widespread adoption.
Have a tip? Contact this reporter via email at [email protected] or Signal at @geoffweiss.25. Use a personal email address, a nonwork WiFi network, and a nonwork device; here's our guide to sharing information securely.
Read next
Geoff Weiss You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Geoff Weiss is a senior reporter on Business Insider’s tech team, where he writes about AI startups and Y Combinator, the intersection of AI and the media industry, and workplace dynamics within top AI labs and chip companies.Previously, Geoff was on the media desk, covering YouTube and Netflix, and themes like the intersection of Hollywood and the creator economy. His work on Netflix’s video podcasting ambitions and Mr Beast’s lessons for Hollywood won second and first prize, respectively, at the 2025 LA Press Club Awards.Prior to joining Business Insider, Geoff was the senior editor of Tubefilter and a staff writer at Entrepreneur. He graduated from New York University with a degree in English Literature.He can be reached at [email protected], on Signal @geoffweiss.25, and on LinkedIn. Have a tip? Use a personal email address and a nonwork device; here's our guide to sharing information securely.Selected stories:Nvidia crushed its quarter — and CEO Jensen Huang said in a leaked all-hands that 'the market did not appreciate it'Nvidia will foot the bill for Trump's new visa fees. Here's what CEO Jensen Huang told staff.Massive AI salaries and RTO are fueling a real estate boom in San Francisco: 'It's going to rain money'The AI talent wars are ricocheting across startups. Here's how they're competing with Big Tech.
Uniswap za posledních 30 dní vygeneroval 99,06 milionu USD na poplatcích, téměř po spuštění fee switch ve V4. Aktivita na síti po upgradu zůstala zvýšená.
Uniswap is once again showing why it remains the largest decentralized exchange in crypto. According to DefiLlama, the protocol generated $99.06 million in fees over the past 30 days, placing it among the highest revenue-generating crypto projects. Only stablecoin issuers Tether and Circle earned more during the same period, with a combined $676 million in fees.
The milestone also pushed Uniswap’s lifetime protocol fees to $5.72 billion, reinforcing its long-standing position at the top of the DeFi sector.
V4 Fee Switch Marks a Big ChangeMuch of the recent attention has come after Uniswap V4’s fee switch officially went live.
The upgrade introduces a new revenue model where a portion of protocol fees can now be directed toward buying and burning UNI tokens. This reduces circulating supply over time while giving the token a more direct connection to the protocol’s growing revenue.
The market reacted quickly. Between July 29 and July 31, UNI climbed nearly 19%, moving from around $3.83 to $4.54 before settling near $4.09.
Users and Whales Didn’t Leave After the RallyWhile prices cooled slightly, blockchain data suggests network activity remained elevated.
Data shared by Santiment showed:
$UNI’s v4 fee switch went live, and the on-chain response held for a second day, not just the price.
📈 $UNI ran ~19%, from ~$3.83 to ~$4.54 over Jul 29 to 31, on the v4 fee-switch activation and buy-and-burn going live, before easing to ~$4.07.
🆕 New addresses stepped up and… pic.twitter.com/o0g2nMrAog
— Santiment Intelligence (@SantimentData) August 1, 2026 New wallet addresses jumped to 510 on July 30 and 582 on July 31, nearly double the typical 250–320 daily range seen throughout July.Daily active addresses reached 2,341 and 2,457, well above the month’s normal 1,300–1,700 level.Whale transactions above $100,000 climbed to 142 on July 30, making it one of the busiest large-holder activity days of the month.According to Santiment, this matters because the increase in network activity continued even after UNI’s price stopped climbing, pointing to sustained user participation instead of a one-day trading frenzy.
Why It MattersHigher protocol fees mean more value is flowing through the Uniswap ecosystem. Combined with the newly activated buy-and-burn model, the protocol now has a stronger link between platform usage and the UNI token itself.
The data also shows that both retail users and large investors became more active immediately after the V4 rollout, indicating growing interest in the upgraded protocol rather than short-term speculation alone.
With nearly $100 million in monthly fees, $5.72 billion in lifetime revenue, and stronger on-chain participation following the V4 upgrade, Uniswap continues to set the pace for decentralized exchanges as August begins.
Story Ends Here
Trust with CoinPedia:CoinPedia has been delivering accurate and timely cryptocurrency and blockchain updates since 2017. All content is created by our expert panel of analysts and journalists, following strict Editorial Guidelines based on E-E-A-T (Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness, Trustworthiness). Every article is fact-checked against reputable sources to ensure accuracy, transparency, and reliability. Our review policy guarantees unbiased evaluations when recommending exchanges, platforms, or tools. We strive to provide timely updates about everything crypto & blockchain, right from startups to industry majors.
Investment Disclaimer:All opinions and insights shared represent the author's own views on current market conditions. Please do your own research before making investment decisions. Neither the writer nor the publication assumes responsibility for your financial choices.
Sponsored and Advertisements:Sponsored content and affiliate links may appear on our site. Advertisements are marked clearly, and our editorial content remains entirely independent from our ad partners.
Uniswap spustil vlastní launchpad pools.trade na Robinhood Chain a jeho kumulovaný objem obchodů už přesáhl 150 milionů USD. Spuštění zároveň tlačí na stávající hráče a token pons spadl z maxima 67 milionů USD pod 20 milionů USD.
Last night, leading decentralized exchange (DEX) protocol Uniswap announced the official launch of its own launchpad pools.trade on the Robinhood Chain. According to Hayden Adams, the platform had already gained massive traction in the crypto community ahead of its official release, enabling token issuance and trading via on-chain contract interactions, with cumulative trading volume exceeding $150 million. Meanwhile, Uniswap’s move has impacted the interests of existing launchpad players. Multiple industry figures, including Bankr founder (@0xDeployer), have expressed dissatisfaction with what they term Uniswap’s "monopolistic" behavior. Additionally, pons, a previously viral token launch platform on Robinhood Chain, has seen its token market cap decline for multiple consecutive days following pools.trade’s launch, dropping from a peak of $67 million to below $20 million. Almost concurrent with pools.trade’s launch, Bankr’s founder and Sushi’s founder engaged in "close interactions", hinting at deep collaboration in the launchpad space to co-build pools.fun. Some analysts believe Bankr will migrate its existing Robinhood Chain launch process from Doppler/Uniswap v4 to Sushi’s launch framework, while retaining its distribution layer. BlockBeats notes that the current launchpad war on Robinhood Chain has entered a white-hot phase, but market consensus holds that the current environment lacks neither launch platforms nor liquidity; what is missing are narratives and innovations that can truly trigger user FOMO.
Relevant content
After AMD released its quarterly results, institutional analysts had mixed reactions, with Mizuho cutting its price target.
After AMD released its quarterly results, institutional analysts remain broadly constructive overall. Though elevated expectations led to a mixed market reaction, the analysts’ consensus is that AMD’s AI and data center growth narrative remains intact. Wells Fargo issued the most optimistic update, raising its price target from $615 to $700, and believes earnings could significantly exceed its prior estimate of $20 per share for 2029–2030. Jefferies raised its price target to $650 and maintained a Buy rating, stating that while the results failed to meet lofty expectations, the long-term AI thesis remains on track. Mizuho cut its price target from $625 to $580 but kept an Outperform rating, noting the quarter’s performance was solid against a challenging backdrop. JPMorgan sharply raised its price target from $385 to $550 while maintaining a Neutral rating, citing that its September quarter guidance came in slightly below expectations. Overall, analysts see significant upside potential in AMD’s expanding AI GPU and server business, with the main debate centered on whether short-term execution can keep pace with increasingly aggressive expectations.
2 minutes ago
SoftBank secures $10 billion margin loan using its OpenAI stake as collateral.
SoftBank Group has successfully secured a $10 billion margin loan using its stake in OpenAI as collateral. The two-year loan is provided by a consortium of lenders including Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Mizuho Securities, Apollo Global Funding, and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (SMBC). SoftBank plans to complete the fund drawdown this month.
2 minutes ago
Citigroup lowers SanDisk's target price from $2,500 to $2,100
Citigroup research report cuts SanDisk (SNDK.O) price target from $2,500 to $2,100.
2 minutes ago
X Layer DeFi's Total Value Locked (TVL) has surged past $100 million, growing nearly tenfold in half a year.
OKX Wallet announced in a Chinese post that X Layer’s DeFi total value locked (TVL) has surpassed $100 million, growing nearly tenfold over the past six months. Meanwhile, X Layer’s stablecoin issuance volume has exceeded $2 billion, ranking among the top 10 global public blockchains. Its cumulative active addresses have broken through 4.2 million, and cumulative on-chain transactions exceed 400 million. OKX Wallet noted that with continued liquidity accumulation and steady growth in its user base, its next step will be to attract more assets, applications, and users to X Layer, driving the public blockchain to support more real-world demands and further refine its ecosystem development.
2 minutes ago
Crypto exchange Bitget has signed a cooperation agreement with the Gelephu Mindfulness City Authority, with plans to establish an office in Bhutan.
Crypto exchange Bitget has recently signed a cooperation agreement with Bhutan’s Gelephu Mindfulness City Authority (GMCA). Under the terms of the deal, Bitget will establish a legal entity in Gelephu Mindfulness City (GMC), prepare applications for relevant financial service licenses under the regulatory framework of the Gelephu Financial Services Office (GFSO), and collaborate with GMCA on operational, regulatory, and ecosystem development workflows. Per the plan, Bitget will also gradually set up local offices and carry out local recruitment, supporting local talent cultivation and long-term development. As a special administrative zone in southern Bhutan, GMC is being built into a next-generation international financial and innovation hub, with its virtual asset regime governed by the Financial Services Act 2025. Jigdrel Singay, a director of the GMC Board, noted that bringing in partners like Bitget will help introduce global expertise while advancing local capabilities and the broader financial ecosystem.
2 minutes ago
ETF issuer Roundhill will launch an optical module stock ETF tomorrow, covering LITE and the A-share stock nicknamed "Yi Zhongtian".
Renowned investment management firm Roundhill will launch an optical module stock ETF tomorrow. According to its official website, the ETF is named LYTE. Its major holdings include Lumentum Holdings Inc (LITE) at 15.42% and Coherent Corp (COHR) at 15.23%, while Chinese A-share companies Sunway Communication, China Information Technology, and Topband account for 14.59%, 14.22%, and 7.9% of the portfolio respectively.
August 06, 2026 06:45 ET | Source: Kinross Gold Corporation
(All dollar amounts are expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise noted.)
TORONTO, Aug. 06, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Kinross Gold Corporation (TSX: K; NYSE: KGC) (“Kinross”) announced today that S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) has upgraded the Company’s long-term issuer credit rating and its issue-level rating on Kinross’ unsecured debt to 'BBB' from 'BBB-', with a stable outlook.
In its announcement, S&P noted that Kinross’ credit measures have meaningfully improved in recent years, supported by solid cash flow and debt reduction.
The stable outlook reflects S&P’s expectation that Kinross will maintain its strong net cash position, a competitive cost profile, and a pipeline of projects that support steady production and earnings diversity.
“The S&P upgrade reflects Kinross’ exceptional financial position, consistent operating track record and disciplined cost management strategy,” said Andrea Freeborough, Chief Financial Officer. “Our balance sheet is in excellent shape, with a net cash position of $1.9 billion1 and total liquidity of approximately $4.4 billion2, as at June 30, 2026. We have also returned meaningful capital to shareholders – $1.4 billion since January 2025 – and are well-positioned to continue delivering on our operational and development goals while maintaining strong financial discipline.”
About Kinross Gold Corporation
Kinross is a Canadian-based global senior gold mining company with operations and projects in the United States, Brazil, Mauritania, Chile and Canada. Our focus is on delivering value based on the core principles of responsible mining, operational excellence, disciplined growth, and balance sheet strength. Kinross maintains listings on the Toronto Stock Exchange (symbol: K) and the New York Stock Exchange (symbol: KGC).
1 Net cash is calculated as cash and cash equivalents of $2,656.4 million less long-term debt of $738.8 million as reported on the Company’s interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as at June 30, 2026.
2 “Total liquidity” is defined as the sum of cash and cash equivalents, as reported on the interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, and available credit under the Company’s credit facilities (as calculated in Section 6 Liquidity and Capital Resources of Kinross’ MD&A for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026).
BD ve 3. čtvrtletí fiskálního roku 2026 zvýšila tržby na 5,0 mld. USD a upravený zředěný EPS na 3,23 USD. Zároveň zvedla výhled celoročního upraveného EPS na 12,62 až 12,72 USD.
Revenue of $5.0 billion increased 5.4% as reported, 4.4% FXN GAAP and adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations of $1.64 and $3.23, respectively Year-to-date cash from continuing operations increased 33.3% to $2.1 billion and free cash flow increased 44.6% to $1.7 billion Company updates full-year guidance to reflect ongoing momentum, expects revenue growth toward the high end of its range and raises midpoint of adjusted diluted EPS guidance , /PRNewswire/ -- BD (Becton, Dickinson and Company) (NYSE: BDX), a leading global medical technology company, today announced results for its fiscal 2026 third quarter, which ended June 30, 2026.
"We delivered a strong third quarter, with revenue, adjusted operating margin and adjusted EPS all ahead of our expectations," said Tom Polen, chairman, CEO and president of BD. "Our first full quarter as New BD demonstrates the early benefits of a more focused MedTech company, with strong momentum across our key growth platforms, continued innovation and further progress through BD Excellence. We remain focused on disciplined execution, advancing our key growth platforms, expanding margins and allocating capital strategically to drive sustainable growth and long-term shareholder value."
Recent Business Highlights
Medical Essentials: Awarded a Vizient Innovative Technology contract for the BD® CentroVena One™ Insertion System, validating CentroVena One™ Insertion System as a breakthrough innovation designed to simplify central line insertion and enhance patient and clinician safety. BioPharma Systems: Announced a collaboration with EMS, one of Brazil's leading pharmaceutical companies, to expand access to GLP-1 therapies through a semaglutide launch utilizing BD's Vystra™ Injection Pen platform to support consistent, reliable self-injection for patients with obesity and type 2 diabetes. Interventional: Launched the Elyra™ Thulium Fiber Laser System, expanding BD's kidney stone care portfolio with a system designed to help urology teams enhance efficiency, versatility and procedural workflow. BD named to TIME's 2026 List of America's Best Companies. BD issued its Fiscal Year 2025 Together We Advance Corporate Sustainability Report. Basis of Presentation— Continuing Operations
On February 9, 2026, the company completed the spin-off of BD's former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business and the combination of the business with Waters Corporation ("Waters"). The historical results of the former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business, which was previously the Life Sciences segment, are reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Financial information presented in this release reflects BD's results on a continuing operations basis. Prior periods have been recast to conform to this presentation.
Third Quarter Fiscal 2026 Operating Results
(Millions of dollars, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended June 30,
Reported
Change
Foreign Currency
Neutral Change1
2026
2025
Revenues
$ 4,983
$ 4,726
5.4 %
4.4 %
Reported Diluted Earnings per Share
$ 1.64
$ 1.57
4.5 %
3.8 %
Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share1
$ 3.23
$ 3.08
4.9 %
3.9 %
1Represents a non-GAAP financial measure; refer to reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures in the attached financial tables.
Geographic Results
Revenues (Millions of dollars)
Three Months Ended June 30,
Reported
Change
Foreign Currency
Neutral Change1
2026
2025
United States
$ 3,081
$ 2,882
6.9 %
6.9 %
International
$ 1,902
$ 1,844
3.2 %
0.6 %
Total Revenues
$ 4,983
$ 4,726
5.4 %
4.4 %
1Represents a non-GAAP financial measure; refer to reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures in the attached financial tables.
Segment Results
Revenues (Millions of dollars)
Three Months Ended June 30,
Reported
Change
Foreign Currency
Neutral Change1
2026
2025
Medical Essentials2
$ 1,675
$ 1,602
4.5 %
3.2 %
Connected Care2
$ 1,224
$ 1,166
4.9 %
4.4 %
BioPharma Systems2
$ 670
$ 629
6.6 %
5.2 %
Interventional2
$ 1,414
$ 1,328
6.4 %
5.5 %
Total Revenues
$ 4,983
$ 4,726
5.4 %
4.4 %
1Represents a non-GAAP financial measure; refer to reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures in the attached financial tables.
2Effective October 1, 2025, the company reorganized its organizational units into five distinct, separately-managed segments, which were based on the nature of the company's product and service offerings. Subsequent to the spin-off of the company's former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business and the combination of the business with Waters, the Life Sciences segment was eliminated, leaving the Company with four distinct, separately-managed segments. Prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the reorganization on a continuing operations basis.
Full Year Fiscal 2026 Guidance
The company updates its full year fiscal 2026 guidance as follows; expects revenue growth toward the high end of its range and raises the midpoint of adjusted diluted EPS guidance.
Updated New BD Guidance
as of August 6, 2026
Prior New BD Guidance
as of May 7, 2026
GAAP Revenue Growth
Low single-digit plus
Low single-digit plus
Revenue Growth (FXN)
Low single-digit
Low single-digit
Adjusted Diluted EPS
$12.62 to $12.72
$12.52 to $12.72
BD's guidance for full year fiscal 2026 reflects numerous assumptions that could affect its business, based on the information management has reviewed as of this date. Management will discuss its guidance and several of its assumptions on its third fiscal quarter earnings call.
The company's expected adjusted diluted EPS for fiscal 2026 excludes potential charges or gains that may be recorded during the fiscal year, such as, among other things, the non-cash amortization of intangible assets, acquisition-related charges, separation-related costs, and certain tax matters. BD does not attempt to provide reconciliations of forward-looking adjusted diluted EPS guidance to the comparable GAAP measure because the impact and timing of these potential charges or gains are inherently uncertain and difficult to predict and are unavailable without unreasonable efforts. In addition, the company believes such reconciliations would imply a degree of precision and certainty that could be confusing to investors. Such items could have a material impact on GAAP measures of BD's financial performance. We also present our revenue growth for our 2026 fiscal year after adjusting for the illustrative impact of foreign currency translation. BD believes that this adjustment allows investors to better evaluate BD's anticipated underlying revenue performance for our 2026 fiscal year in relation to our underlying 2025 fiscal year performance.
Conference Call and Presentation Materials
BD will host an audio webcast today for the public, investors, analysts and news media to discuss its third quarter results. The audio webcast will be broadcast live on BD's website, www.bd.com/investors, at 8 a.m. (ET) Thursday, August 6, 2026. Accompanying slides will be available on BD's website, www.bd.com/investors at approximately 6:30 a.m. (ET). The conference call will be available for replay on BD's website, www.bd.com/investors. Alternatively, you can dial into the replay at 800-688-9445 (domestic) and 402-220-1371 (international) through the close of business on Thursday, August 13, 2026. A confirmation number is not needed to access the replay.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Financial Tables
This press release contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. These include revenue growth rates on a currency-neutral basis, adjusted diluted earnings per share and free cash flow. These non-GAAP financial measures are not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. BD management believes that the use of non-GAAP measures to adjust for items that are considered by management to be outside of BD's underlying operational results or that affect period-to-period comparability helps investors to gain a better understanding of our performance year-over-year, to analyze underlying trends in our businesses, to analyze our operating results, and to understand future prospects. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to measure and forecast the company's performance, especially when comparing such results to previous periods or forecasts. We believe presenting such adjusted metrics provides investors with greater transparency to the information used by BD management for its operational decision-making and for comparison to other companies within the medical technology industry. Although BD's management believes non-GAAP results are useful in evaluating the performance of its business, its reliance on these measures is limited since items excluded from such measures may have a material impact on BD's net income, earnings per share or cash flows calculated in accordance with GAAP. Therefore, management typically uses non-GAAP results in conjunction with GAAP results to address these limitations. BD strongly encourages investors to review its consolidated financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and cautions investors that the non-GAAP measures used by BD may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures. Non-GAAP measures should not be considered replacements for, and should be read together with, the most comparable GAAP financial measures.
We present adjusted diluted earnings per share for the third quarter and the first nine months of fiscal year 2026, and the corresponding prior periods, after eliminating items we believe are not part of our ordinary operations and affect the comparability of the periods presented. Adjusted diluted earnings per share includes adjustments for the impact of purchase accounting adjustments, integration and restructuring costs, transaction costs, separation-related costs, certain product remediation costs, certain legal matters, certain investment gains and losses, certain asset impairment charges, certain pension settlement costs, and the impact of the extinguishment of debt.
We also present revenue growth rates for the third quarter and the first nine months of fiscal year 2026 over the corresponding prior periods on a currency-neutral basis after eliminating the effect of foreign currency translation, where applicable. We also show the growth in adjusted diluted earnings per share compared to the prior year periods after eliminating the impact of foreign currency translation to further enable investors to evaluate BD's underlying earnings performance compared to the prior period. We calculate foreign currency-neutral percentages by converting our current-period local currency financial results using the prior period foreign currency exchange rates and comparing these adjusted amounts to our current-period results. As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, we believe the presentation of results on a foreign currency-neutral basis in addition to reported results helps improve investors' ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to the prior periods.
We also present free cash flow for the first nine months of fiscal year 2026 over the corresponding prior period, which is net cash provided by continuing operating activities less capital expenditures, to provide a view of the Company's ability to generate cash for use in acquisitions and other investing and financing activities. Free cash flow is not a measure of cash available for discretionary expenditures given that we have certain non-discretionary obligations such as debt service that are not deducted from the measure. We believe the presentation of results of free cash flow in addition to reported results helps improve investors' ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to the prior period.
New BD refers to BD post the separation of the Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business from BD.
Reconciliations of these and other non-GAAP measures to the comparable GAAP measures are included in the attached financial tables. Within the attached financial tables presented, certain columns and rows may not add due to the use of rounded numbers. Percentages and earnings per share amounts presented are calculated from the underlying amounts.
About BD
BD is one of the world's largest pure-play medical technology companies with a Purpose of advancing the world of health™ by driving innovation across medical essentials, connected care, biopharma systems and interventional. The company supports those on the frontlines of healthcare by developing transformative technologies, services and solutions that optimize clinical operations and improve care for patients. Operating across the globe, with more than 60,000 employees, BD delivers billions of products annually that have a positive impact on global healthcare. By working in close collaboration with customers, BD can help enhance outcomes, lower costs, increase clinical efficiency, improve safety and expand access to healthcare. For more information on BD, please visit bd.com or connect with us on LinkedIn at www.linkedin.com/company/bd1/, X @BDandCo or Instagram @becton_dickinson.
***
This press release and accompanying audio webcast on August 6, 2026 contain certain estimates and other forward-looking statements (as defined under federal securities laws) regarding BD's future prospects and performance, including, but not limited to, statements relating to future revenues, margins, earnings per share, leverage targets and capital deployment. All such statements are based upon current expectations and assumptions of BD and involve a number of business risks and uncertainties. Actual results could vary materially from anticipated results described, implied or projected in any forward-looking statement. With respect to such forward-looking statements, a number of factors could cause actual results to vary materially. These factors include, but are not limited to, risks relating to macroeconomic conditions and their impact on our operations and healthcare spending generally, including volatility resulting from the imposition of (and changing policies around) tariffs enacted by the U.S. government (and related countermeasures by non-U.S. governments), or our ability to mitigate the impact of such tariffs, including developments regarding refunds of certain tariffs and/or the collection of remaining refunds of certain tariffs; import or export licensing requirements and other governmental restrictions; reductions in U.S. government funding for healthcare, disruptions in global transportation networks or other aspects of our supply chain on our ability to source raw materials, components and energy sources needed to produce our products; inflationary pressures, currency and interest rate fluctuations, global oil prices and increased borrowing costs; conditions in international markets, including geopolitical developments such as the continuation and/or escalation of evolving situations in Iran and the Middle East region (which could result in continued disruption of transportation lanes and global energy supplies, as well as increases in global oil prices and adversely affect our supply chain costs, ability to source raw materials and components and our ability to deliver product to customers), Ukraine and Asia; competitive factors, including changing customer and patient preferences and requirements, such as decreased demand for our products as a result of changes to U.S. federal and state policies (such as for pharmaceutical products and vaccines), and increased demand for products utilizing evolving technologies (including emerging technologies utilizing artificial intelligence ("AI")), as well as new products or novel medical therapies introduced by competitors; changes in research and development efforts, investment or suspension by pharmaceuticals companies with regard to vaccine development; changes in reimbursement practices and coverage policies and third-party payer cost containment measures and health insurance coverage levels and costs; decreases or delays in purchases of our products due to reduced research and development spending; product efficacy or safety concerns and related regulatory actions, changes to the labeled indications or permitted uses of our products, non-compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding our products, including marketing authorization, registration, quality system and manufacturing requirements (including as a result of product modifications), or other factors that could result in product recalls, field actions, lost revenue, restrictions on our ability to continue selling existing products or commercialize new products (including limitations on future product clearances or approvals and the imposition of civil penalties); increased exposure to product liability or other claims and damage to our reputation (including products we acquire through acquisitions); changes to legislation or regulations that may impact U.S. or foreign healthcare systems, changes in medical or clinical practices or in customer and patient preferences, efforts to improve compliance of healthcare practitioners, potential cuts or freezes in healthcare spending and/or governmental or private measures to contain healthcare costs, such as China's volume-based procurement tender process or changes in pricing and reimbursement policies, which could result in reduced demand for our products or downward pricing pressure; policy and regulatory changes that may be implemented by the U.S. government, including the further elimination, downsizing and/or reduced funding of certain government agencies and programs, as well as further changes in the policy positions of such agencies (including those related to pharmaceutical products and vaccines); other new or changing laws and regulations impacting our business, including changes in tax laws, new and changing environmental laws and regulations (such as those related to sustainability, climate change or materials of concern) and new and changing cybersecurity, AI or privacy laws; other changes in laws impacting international trade or anti-corruption and bribery, or changes in reporting requirements or enforcement practices with respect to such laws; the adverse impact on our business or products of past, current or future information and technology system disruptions, breaches or breakdowns, including through cyberattacks, ransom attacks or cyber-intrusion, and any investigations, legal proceedings, liability, expense or reputational damage arising in connection with any such events; any adverse impact related to the development, deployment and use of AI in our products and business operations; labor disruptions; our suppliers' ability to provide products needed for our operations and BD's ability to maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships; increases in raw material, component, labor, duties, freight, energy and other production costs and their effect on, among other things, the cost of producing BD's products; adverse changes in regional, national or foreign economic conditions, including any impact on our ability to access credit markets and finance our operations; risks relating to our overall indebtedness; the possible impact of natural disasters and public health crises on our business and the global healthcare system, which could decrease demand for our products, disrupt our operations or the operations of our customers and companies within our supply chain, or increase transportation costs; interruptions in our manufacturing or sterilization processes or those of our third-party providers, including any restrictions placed on the use of ethylene oxide for sterilization; pricing and market pressures; difficulties inherent in product development, delays in product introductions and uncertainty of market acceptance of new products; the overall timing of the replacement or remediation of the BD Alaris™ Infusion System and return to market in the U.S., which may be impacted by, among other things, customer readiness, supply continuity and our continued engagement with the FDA; our ability to achieve our projected level or mix of product sales; our ability to achieve or maintain growth of our portfolio; our ability to successfully integrate any businesses we acquire; uncertainties of litigation, investigations, regulatory actions, subpoenas, settlements, fines, penalties and/or other sanctions (as described in BD's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")); the issuance of new or revised accounting standards; our ability to execute our New BD strategy, Excellence Unleashed, as expected; and other factors discussed in BD's filings with the SEC. Tariff commentary is based on tariff policies in effect as of August 5, 2026. International trade policies, trade restrictions and tariffs (and related countermeasures and developments regarding refunds of certain tariffs) are rapidly evolving and there can be no assurance as to how the landscape may change and what the ultimate impact on our guidance and results of operations will be. We do not intend to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof except as required by applicable laws or regulations.
Contacts:
Investors: Shawn Bevec, SVP, Investor Relations - [email protected]
Media: Matt Marcus, VP, Public Relations - [email protected]
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(Unaudited; Amounts in millions, except share and per share data)
Three Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
% Change
Revenues
$
4,983
$
4,726
5.4
Cost of products sold
2,668
2,491
7.1
Selling and administrative expense
1,261
1,163
8.4
Research and development expense
258
230
12.0
Integration, restructuring and transaction expense
89
96
(6.9)
Other operating expense, net
44
7
544.7
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
4,320
3,986
8.4
Operating Income
663
739
(10.3)
Interest expense
(132)
(152)
(13.4)
Interest income
4
4
(15.8)
Other income (expense), net
19
(22)
183.9
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes
554
569
(2.7)
Income tax provision
102
118
(13.2)
Net Income from Continuing Operations
451
451
0.1
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
(74)
123
(159.8)
Net Income
$
377
$
574
(34.3)
Basic Earnings Per Share
Income from Continuing Operations
$
1.64
$
1.57
4.5
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations
(0.27)
0.43
(162.8)
Basic Earnings per Share
$
1.37
$
2.00
(31.5)
Diluted Earnings Per Share
Income from Continuing Operations
$
1.64
$
1.57
4.5
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations
(0.27)
0.43
(162.8)
Diluted Earnings per Share
$
1.37
$
2.00
(31.5)
Average Shares Outstanding (in thousands)
Basic
274,788
287,170
Diluted
275,158
287,223
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(Unaudited; Amounts in millions, except share and per share data)
Nine Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
% Change
Revenues
$
14,183
$
13,539
4.8
Cost of products sold
7,662
7,646
0.2
Selling and administrative expense
3,703
3,435
7.8
Research and development expense
742
706
5.1
Integration, restructuring and transaction expense
729
277
162.9
Other operating expense, net
122
70
74.9
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
12,958
12,134
6.8
Operating Income
1,225
1,405
(12.8)
Interest expense
(434)
(458)
(5.1)
Interest income
16
31
(47.4)
Other income (expense), net
97
(72)
234.4
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes
904
906
(0.2)
Income tax provision
179
151
18.5
Net Income from Continuing Operations
725
755
(4.0)
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
(276)
430
(164.3)
Net Income
$
449
$
1,185
(62.1)
Basic Earnings Per Share
Income from Continuing Operations
$
2.59
$
2.62
(1.1)
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations
(0.99)
1.49
(166.4)
Basic Earnings per Share
$
1.60
$
4.11
(61.1)
Diluted Earnings Per Share
Income from Continuing Operations
$
2.58
$
2.62
(1.5)
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations
(0.98)
1.49
(165.8)
Diluted Earnings per Share
$
1.59
$
4.10
(61.2)
Average Shares Outstanding (in thousands)
Basic
280,332
287,997
Diluted
281,603
288,693
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited; Amounts in millions)
June 30, 2026
September 30, 2025
Assets
Cash and equivalents
$
708
$
567
Restricted cash
155
210
Short-term investments
1
8
Trade receivables, net
2,364
2,396
Inventories
3,316
3,149
Prepaid expenses and other
1,595
1,379
Current assets of discontinued operations
—
1,545
Total Current Assets
8,139
9,255
Property, plant and equipment, net
6,083
6,383
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
33,964
35,190
Other assets
2,546
2,383
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations
—
2,114
Total Assets
$
50,731
$
55,325
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current debt obligations
$
3,297
$
1,559
Other current liabilities
6,107
6,106
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
—
648
Long-term debt
13,511
17,620
Long-term employee benefit obligations
1,005
1,027
Deferred income taxes and other liabilities
2,394
2,632
Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations
—
342
Shareholders' equity
24,416
25,390
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
$
50,731
$
55,325
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited; Amounts in millions)
Nine Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
Operating Activities
Net income
$
449
$
1,185
Less: (Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
(276)
430
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
725
755
Depreciation and amortization
1,697
1,706
Change in operating assets and liabilities and other, net
(319)
(883)
Net Cash Provided by Continuing Operating Activities
2,104
1,578
Investing Activities
Capital expenditures
(376)
(383)
Maturities and sales of investments
27
408
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired and adjustments
(22)
13
Other, net
(192)
(267)
Net Cash Used for Continuing Investing Activities
(563)
(229)
Financing Activities
Change in short-term debt
37
133
Proceeds from long-term debt
704
—
Distribution from spin-off entity, net
3,857
—
Payments of debt
(2,696)
(1,208)
Repurchases of common stock
(2,250)
(750)
Dividends paid
(875)
(899)
Other, net
(70)
(83)
Net Cash Used for Continuing Financing Activities
(1,293)
(2,807)
Discontinued Operations
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities
(198)
498
Net cash used for investing activities
(40)
(96)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
71
(8)
Net Cash (Used for) Provided by Discontinued Operations
(167)
395
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents and restricted cash
5
(2)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents and restricted cash
86
(1,065)
Opening Cash and Equivalents and Restricted Cash
777
1,792
Closing Cash and Equivalents and Restricted Cash
$
863
$
727
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL REVENUE INFORMATION
REVENUES BY BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND UNITS
Three Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited; Amounts in millions)
United States
International
Total
% Change
% Change
2026
2025
% Change
2026
2025
FX Impact
Reported
FXN
2026
2025
FX Impact
Reported
FXN
Medical Essentials(1)
Medication Delivery Solutions
$
720
$
680
5.9
$
444
$
452
$
13
(1.8)
(4.7)
$
1,164
$
1,132
$
13
2.8
1.6
Specimen Management
274
240
14.0
237
230
8
3.1
(0.2)
511
470
8
8.7
7.0
Total
$
994
$
920
8.0
$
681
$
682
$
21
(0.1)
(3.2)
$
1,675
$
1,602
$
21
4.5
3.2
Connected Care(1)
Medication Management Solutions
$
737
$
709
3.9
$
178
$
179
$
6
(0.4)
(4.0)
$
915
$
888
$
6
3.0
2.3
Advanced Patient Monitoring
189
176
7.4
120
102
(1)
17.1
17.8
309
278
(1)
10.9
11.2
Total
$
926
$
885
4.6
$
297
$
281
$
6
5.9
3.9
$
1,224
$
1,166
$
6
4.9
4.4
BioPharma Systems(1)(2)
$
204
$
178
14.2
$
467
$
451
$
9
3.6
1.6
$
670
$
629
$
9
6.6
5.2
Interventional(1)
Peripheral Intervention
$
294
$
271
8.4
$
258
$
241
$
9
7.2
3.5
$
552
$
512
$
9
7.8
6.1
Urology and Critical Care
357
334
7.1
82
88
—
(6.7)
(6.9)
440
422
—
4.2
4.2
Surgery
306
294
4.3
116
101
3
15.0
11.7
422
395
3
7.0
6.2
Total
$
957
$
898
6.6
$
457
$
430
$
12
6.2
3.3
$
1,414
$
1,328
$
12
6.4
5.5
Total Revenues from Continuing Operations
$
3,081
$
2,882
6.9
$
1,902
$
1,844
$
48
3.2
0.6
$
4,983
$
4,726
$
48
5.4
4.4
(1)
Effective October 1, 2025, the Company reorganized its organizational units into five distinct, separately-managed segments, which were based on the nature of the Company's product and service offerings. Subsequent to the spin-off of the Company's former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business (which was previously the Life Sciences segment) and the combination of the business with Waters on February 9, 2026, the Life Sciences segment was eliminated, leaving the Company with four distinct, separately-managed segments. Prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the reorganization on a continuing operations basis.
(2)
The BioPharma Systems segment is comprised of the Company's former Pharmaceutical Systems organizational unit.
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL REVENUE INFORMATION
REVENUES BY BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND UNITS
Nine Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited; Amounts in millions)
United States
International
Total
% Change
% Change
2026
2025
% Change
2026
2025
FX Impact
Reported
FXN
2026
2025
FX Impact
Reported
FXN
Medical Essentials(1)
Medication Delivery Solutions
$
2,124
$
2,060
3.1
$
1,331
$
1,313
$
56
1.4
(2.9)
$
3,455
$
3,373
$
56
2.4
0.8
Specimen Management
772
721
7.2
690
667
32
3.5
(1.2)
1,463
1,387
32
5.4
3.1
Total
$
2,897
$
2,781
4.2
$
2,021
$
1,979
$
88
2.1
(2.3)
$
4,918
$
4,760
$
88
3.3
1.5
Connected Care(1)
Medication Management Solutions
$
2,076
$
2,030
2.3
$
502
$
470
$
27
6.8
1.2
$
2,578
$
2,500
$
27
3.1
2.1
Advanced Patient Monitoring
547
490
11.7
350
317
5
10.6
9.1
897
806
5
11.3
10.7
Total
$
2,623
$
2,520
4.1
$
852
$
787
$
31
8.3
4.4
$
3,475
$
3,307
$
31
5.1
4.2
BioPharma Systems(1)(2)
$
532
$
431
23.4
$
1,157
$
1,191
$
41
(2.8)
(6.2)
$
1,689
$
1,622
$
41
4.1
1.6
Interventional(1)
Peripheral Intervention
$
839
$
793
5.8
$
713
$
673
$
29
6.0
1.6
$
1,552
$
1,466
$
29
5.9
3.9
Urology and Critical Care
1,047
962
8.8
250
249
5
0.4
(1.8)
1,297
1,211
5
7.1
6.6
Surgery
919
885
3.8
333
288
13
15.8
11.1
1,252
1,173
13
6.8
5.6
Total
$
2,805
$
2,640
6.2
$
1,296
$
1,209
$
48
7.2
3.2
$
4,101
$
3,849
$
48
6.5
5.3
Total Revenues from Continuing Operations
$
8,857
$
8,372
5.8
$
5,326
$
5,166
$
208
3.1
(0.9)
$
14,183
$
13,539
$
208
4.8
3.2
(1)
Effective October 1, 2025, the Company reorganized its organizational units into five distinct, separately-managed segments, which were based on the nature of the Company's product and service offerings. Subsequent to the spin-off of the Company's former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business (which was previously the Life Sciences segment) and the combination of the business with Waters on February 9, 2026, the Life Sciences segment was eliminated, leaving the Company with four distinct, separately-managed segments. Prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the reorganization on a continuing operations basis.
(2)
The BioPharma Systems segment is comprised of the Company's former Pharmaceutical Systems organizational unit.
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED DILUTED EPS TO ADJUSTED DILUTED EPS
Three Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
Change
Translational FX
FXN
Change
Change %
FXN
Change %
Reported Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
$
1.64
$
1.57
$
0.07
$
0.01
$
0.06
4.5
%
3.8
%
Purchase accounting adjustments ($363 million and $376 million pre-tax, respectively) (1)
1.32
1.31
—
Integration costs ($41 million and $37 million pre-tax, respectively) (2)
0.15
0.13
—
Restructuring costs ($48 million and $57 million pre-tax, respectively) (2)
0.18
0.20
0.03
Transaction costs ($1 million pre-tax) (3)
—
0.01
—
Separation-related items ($32 million pre-tax) (4)
0.12
—
—
Product, litigation, and other items ($53 million and $44 million pre-tax, respectively) (5)
0.19
0.15
—
Tax impact of specified items and other tax related (($101) million and $(82) million, respectively)
(0.37)
(0.29)
—
Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
$
3.23
$
3.08
$
0.15
$
0.03
$
0.12
4.9
%
3.9
%
(1)
Includes amortization and other adjustments related to the purchase accounting for acquisitions.
(2)
Represents costs associated with integration and restructuring activities.
(3)
Represents transaction costs recorded to Integration, restructuring and transaction expense incurred in connection with the Advanced Patient Monitoring acquisition.
(4)
Represents costs recorded to Other operating expense, net, incurred in connection with the separation of our former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business and the combination of the business with Waters.
(5)
Includes certain (income) expense items which are not part of ordinary operations and affect the comparability of the periods presented. Such items may include certain product remediation costs, certain legal matters, certain investment gains and losses, certain asset impairment charges, and certain pension settlement costs. The amount for the three months ended June 30, 2026 reflects charges to adjust the estimate of certain future product remediation costs, various legal matters, and pension settlement costs. The amount for the three months ended June 30, 2025 reflects a charge of $30 million recorded to Other income (expense), net, related to pension settlement costs.
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED DILUTED EPS TO ADJUSTED DILUTED EPS
Nine Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
Change
Translational FX
FXN
Change
Change %
FXN
Change %
Reported Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
Integration costs ($123 million and $87 million pre-tax, respectively) (2)
0.44
0.30
—
Restructuring costs ($605 million and $185 million pre-tax, respectively) (2)
2.15
0.64
0.05
Transaction costs ($5 million pre-tax) (3)
—
0.02
—
Separation-related items ($73 million pre-tax) (4)
0.26
—
—
Product, litigation, and other items ($193 million and $255 million pre-tax, respectively) (5)
0.68
0.88
—
Impacts of debt extinguishment (($122) million pre-tax)
(0.43)
—
—
Tax impact of specified items and other tax related (($292) million and ($273) million, respectively)
(1.04)
(0.95)
—
Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
$
8.59
$
8.65
$
(0.06)
$
0.11
$
(0.17)
(0.7)
%
(2.0)
%
(1)
Includes amortization and other adjustments related to the purchase accounting for acquisitions.
(2)
Represents costs associated with integration and restructuring activities. Restructuring costs for the nine months ended June 30, 2026 reflect non-cash asset impairment charges of $450 million across all reportable segments based upon the Company's commitment to exit certain operational activities and projects which no longer align with and facilitate its current operational strategy, Excellence Unleashed. These exit actions are aimed at simplifying the Company's operations and aligning resources behind its most value-creating platforms. The impairment charges are primarily reflected as decreases of $238 million within Property, plant and equipment, net, and $134 million within Goodwill and other intangibles, net, on the Company's June 30, 2026 condensed consolidated balance sheet.
(3)
Represents transaction costs recorded to Integration, restructuring and transaction expense incurred in connection with the Advanced Patient Monitoring acquisition.
(4)
Represents costs recorded to Other operating expense, net, incurred in connection with the separation of our former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business and the combination of the business with Waters.
(5)
Includes certain (income) expense items which are not part of ordinary operations and affect the comparability of the periods presented. Such items may include certain product remediation costs, certain legal matters, certain investment gains and losses, certain asset impairment charges, and certain pension settlement costs. The amount for the nine months ended June 30, 2026 reflects charges of $57 million recorded to Cost of products sold to adjust the estimate of certain future product remediation costs, charges of $75 million recorded to Other operating expense, net, related to various legal matters, and a charge of $43 million recorded to Other income (expense), net, related to pension settlement costs. The amount for the nine months ended June 30, 2025 reflects charges of $98 million recorded to Cost of products sold to adjust the estimate of certain future product remediation costs, charges of $64 million recorded to Other operating expense, net, related to various legal matters, and a charge of $30 million recorded to Other income (expense), net, related to pension settlement costs.
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
RECONCILIATION FROM NET CASH PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATING ACTIVITIES TO FREE CASH FLOW
Nine Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited)
A
B
C=A-B
D=C/B
2026
2025
Change
% Change
Net Cash Provided by Continuing Operating Activities
$
2,104
$
1,578
$
526
33.3
%
Capital Expenditures
(376)
(383)
7
(1.7)
%
Free Cash Flow
$
1,728
$
1,195
$
532
44.6
%
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
FY 2026 GUIDANCE RECONCILIATION
Full Year FY2025
Full Year FY2026 Guidance
($ in millions)
% Change
BDX Reported Revenues from Continuing Operations
$
18,544
FY2026 Reported Revenue Growth
Low single-digit plus
Illustrative Foreign Currency (FX) Impact
~+100 basis points
FY2026 Revenue Growth (FXN)
Low single-digit
BECTON DICKINSON AND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
FY 2026 GUIDANCE RECONCILIATION CONTINUED
Full Year FY 2026 Guidance
Full Year FY2025
Total Company
Reported Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
Product, litigation, and other items ($506 million pre-tax) (5)
1.75
Tax impact of specified items and other tax related (($443) million)
(1.54)
Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
$
11.90
$12.62 to $12.72
Reported % Change
+6.1% to +6.9%
(1)
Includes amortization and other adjustments related to the purchase accounting for acquisitions.
(2)
Represents costs associated with integration and restructuring activities.
(3)
Represents transaction costs incurred in connection with the Advanced Patient Monitoring acquisition.
(4)
Represents costs recorded to Other operating expense, net, incurred in connection with the separation of our former Biosciences and Diagnostic Solutions business and the combination of the business with Waters.
(5)
Includes certain (income) expense items which are not part of ordinary operations and affect the comparability of the periods presented. Such items may include certain product remediation costs, certain legal matters, certain investment gains and losses, certain asset impairment charges, and certain pension settlement costs. The amount in 2025 reflects charges of $98 million to Cost of products sold to adjust the estimate of certain future product remediation costs, charges of $297 million to Other operating expense, net, related to product liability and certain other legal matters, and charges of $38 million to Other expense, net, related to pension settlement costs.
Avior Wealth Management ve 2. čtvrtletí snížila podíl ve společnosti Costco o 11,6 % na 6 160 akcií v hodnotě 5,763 milionu USD. Ředitel Kenneth D. Denman prodal 885 akcií a po transakci držel 4 779 akcií, což představuje pokles o 15,62 %.
Avior Wealth Management LLC lowered its holdings in Costco Wholesale Corporation (NASDAQ:COST – Free Report) by 11.6% in the second quarter, according to its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 6,160 shares of the retailer’s stock after selling 805 shares during the period. Avior Wealth Management LLC’s holdings in Costco Wholesale were worth $5,763,000 as of its most recent SEC filing.
Other hedge funds and other institutional investors have also modified their holdings of the company. Gunpowder Capital Management LLC dba Oliver Wealth Management acquired a new stake in shares of Costco Wholesale during the fourth quarter worth approximately $27,000. Lifetime Wealth Management P.C. acquired a new position in Costco Wholesale in the 4th quarter valued at approximately $28,000. Mcguire Capital Advisors Inc. acquired a new position in Costco Wholesale in the 4th quarter valued at approximately $28,000. Entrust Financial LLC purchased a new stake in Costco Wholesale in the 4th quarter worth approximately $31,000. Finally, Joseph Group Capital Management purchased a new stake in Costco Wholesale in the 4th quarter worth approximately $33,000. Institutional investors and hedge funds own 68.48% of the company’s stock.
Insider Activity at Costco Wholesale In other news, Director Kenneth D. Denman sold 885 shares of the stock in a transaction dated Tuesday, June 23rd. The stock was sold at an average price of $957.45, for a total transaction of $847,343.25. Following the transaction, the director owned 4,779 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $4,575,653.55. This represents a 15.62% decrease in their position. The sale was disclosed in a legal filing with the SEC, which is accessible through this link. Corporate insiders own 0.10% of the company’s stock.
Costco Wholesale Stock Down 0.6% COST stock opened at $941.99 on Thursday. The company has a current ratio of 1.07, a quick ratio of 0.61 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.17. Costco Wholesale Corporation has a 1 year low of $844.06 and a 1 year high of $1,096.50. The company has a fifty day simple moving average of $951.60 and a 200 day simple moving average of $982.34. The firm has a market cap of $417.75 billion, a PE ratio of 47.38, a PEG ratio of 4.58 and a beta of 0.87.
Costco Wholesale (NASDAQ:COST – Get Free Report) last issued its quarterly earnings data on Thursday, May 28th. The retailer reported $4.93 earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter, missing analysts’ consensus estimates of $4.94 by ($0.01). Costco Wholesale had a return on equity of 28.04% and a net margin of 3.01%.The business had revenue of $70.53 billion during the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $70.12 billion. During the same quarter in the prior year, the company posted $4.28 earnings per share. Sell-side analysts anticipate that Costco Wholesale Corporation will post 20.42 EPS for the current fiscal year.
Costco Wholesale Dividend Announcement The business also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Friday, August 7th. Stockholders of record on Friday, July 24th will be paid a dividend of $1.47 per share. This represents a $5.88 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 0.6%. The ex-dividend date is Friday, July 24th. Costco Wholesale’s dividend payout ratio is 29.58%.
Key Costco Wholesale News Here are the key news stories impacting Costco Wholesale this week:
Positive Sentiment: Costco reported July net sales of $23.12 billion, up 10.7% year over year. Sales for the first 48 weeks rose 10.1% to $273.55 billion, reinforcing the strength of consumer demand and membership-based traffic. Costco Wholesale Corporation Reports July Sales Results Positive Sentiment: The company continues expanding its store footprint, with construction underway near Meridian, Idaho and the Kuna border. New warehouses can increase membership, merchandise sales and ancillary revenue over time. Costco construction underway near Kuna border Positive Sentiment: Costco’s Kirkland Signature private-label brand remains a competitive advantage, attracting members and supporting customer loyalty. Its strategy is increasingly being viewed as a model by other retailers. Formerly bankrupt department store bets on Costco strategy Neutral Sentiment: Low-priced gasoline primarily supports Costco indirectly by attracting shoppers and encouraging memberships rather than generating substantial fuel profits. The strategy may boost traffic but can constrain direct fuel margins. Costco keeps its gas super cheap Negative Sentiment: Residents are objecting to a reportedly privately negotiated tax-sharing agreement tied to a proposed Costco and gas station project in an Orange County city. Political opposition or permitting delays could slow the development and add execution risk. Residents oppose Costco tax-sharing agreement Analysts Set New Price Targets Several equities analysts have recently commented on COST shares. Mizuho set a $1,100.00 price target on shares of Costco Wholesale in a report on Monday, June 1st. JPMorgan Chase & Co. cut their price objective on Costco Wholesale from $1,110.00 to $1,100.00 and set an “overweight” rating for the company in a report on Thursday, July 9th. Roth Capital lifted their price objective on Costco Wholesale from $769.00 to $781.00 and gave the company a “sell” rating in a research report on Friday, May 29th. Sanford C. Bernstein boosted their target price on Costco Wholesale from $1,192.00 to $1,194.00 and gave the company an “outperform” rating in a research note on Friday, May 29th. Finally, Telsey Advisory Group upped their target price on Costco Wholesale from $1,125.00 to $1,135.00 and gave the stock an “outperform” rating in a research report on Thursday, April 9th. Twenty-two analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating, eleven have given a Hold rating and one has given a Sell rating to the company. According to data from MarketBeat, the stock presently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average price target of $1,059.07.
View Our Latest Report on COST
Costco Wholesale Company Profile (Free Report)
Costco Wholesale Corporation operates a global chain of membership-only warehouse clubs that sell a wide array of merchandise in bulk at discounted prices. The company’s product mix includes groceries, fresh and frozen food, household goods, electronics, apparel, and seasonal items, augmented by its prominent private-label brand, Kirkland Signature. Costco’s business model centers on annual membership fees and high-volume, low-margin sales, designed to drive repeat purchasing and strong customer loyalty among both consumers and small-business buyers.
Beyond merchandise, Costco provides a range of ancillary services that complement its warehouses, including gasoline stations, pharmacy and optical services, hearing aid centers, photo services, and travel and insurance products.
Featured Articles Five stocks we like better than Costco Wholesale SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth Want to see what other hedge funds are holding COST? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Costco Wholesale Corporation (NASDAQ:COST – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Costco Wholesale Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Costco Wholesale and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEEmbecta Corp. $EMBC Shares Sold by Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership
NEXT HEADLINE »Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership Makes New $1.35 Million Investment in GATX Corporation $GATX
Solana schválila v úvodním hlasování návrh na zvýšení denního spalování SOL z 650 na 9 000. K finálnímu schválení ale ještě potřebuje podporu 15 % staků.
Solana’s deflationary momentum just got another boost.
On the 4th of August, Solana’s Resource and Inclusion Fee proposal cleared the initial voting stage.
If approved, the proposal could increase daily SOL burns from 650 to 9,000 SOL, nearly a 14x increase. This could strengthen Solana’s deflationary narrative and become another bullish factor for its tokenomics.
The scale of the change is what makes it notable.
How much could SOL inflation fall? As the chart below shows, analysts expect the proposal to reduce SOL emissions by around 18.9 million tokens over six years, worth $1.39 billion at current valuations.
In simple terms, Solana may reduce the number of new SOL tokens entering the market by 18.9 million over the next six years. Under the current inflation schedule, Solana would have created these tokens over time.
Source: X So, by 2032, this could significantly lower SOL’s supply growth, reducing future inflation pressure. That said, the proposal still needs 15% stake support to advance to the final governance phase.
However, with this potential impact on SOL’s supply dynamics, it’s no surprise that market participants expect the proposal to move forward smoothly.
As a result, the focus after the recent vote quickly moved beyond whether it will pass and toward how it could shape Solana’s [SOL] outlook over the next six years. This has shifted attention toward SOL’s technical strength and long-term market structure.
That said, some analysts believe the market may not wait six years to price in these changes.
The technical case for Solana after a major tokenomics shift One question has caught the most attention: What happens to SOL’s price if both proposals pass?
Solana currently has two active proposals that could shape how much SOL enters circulation by 2032. This is where the discussion gets interesting.
Notably, the market is now looking at whether lower emissions and reduced supply growth could create a stronger long-term setup for SOL.
One analyst highlighted that Solana currently issues around 65,500 SOL per day while burning approximately 650 SOL.
If both proposals pass, daily burns could rise to around 9,000 SOL, while SOL’s inflation could reach its minimum level in 2.8 years instead of 5.7 years. Put simply, Solana’s supply growth could slow much earlier than the six-year timeline suggests.
Source: X This is where the numbers start to matter.
Can lower supply push SOL toward $100? If Solana burns 9,000 SOL per day, there could be 36.9 million fewer SOL in circulation by 2032.
At the same market valuation, that alone could make each SOL worth about 5.3% more. If daily burns increase to 27,000 SOL, the potential upside rises to 11.7%. At Solana’s previous all-time high, that would translate to about $32 more per SOL, assuming demand remains unchanged.
Looking at Solana’s fundamentals, this thesis doesn’t seem far-fetched. If anything, it puts even more focus on the upcoming governance vote as a potential catalyst.
A successful vote could strengthen the case for a solid Q4 rally, with a move back toward $100 becoming increasingly realistic.
Final Summary Solana’s burn proposal has advanced to the next voting stage. If approved, daily SOL burns could jump from 650 to 9,000, strengthening its deflationary tokenomics. Analysts believe the reduced supply could become a key catalyst for SOL, with the upcoming governance vote potentially setting the stage for a stronger Q4 rally.
Grayscale v rámci čtvrtletního rebalancování GDLC ETF navýšil váhu XRP, Solany a Bitcoinu, zatímco Ethereum mírně snížil váhu. Do fondu nepřidal ani neodebral žádný token.
Grayscale has completed CoinDesk Crypto 5 ETF’s (GDLC) quarterly rebalancing, increasing XRP, Solana (SOL), and Bitcoin (BTC) allocations. The crypto asset manager also announced weightings of Ethereum (ETH) and BNB in the large-cap digital assets fund.
XRP, Solana & Bitcoin Holdings to Rise in Grayscale’s GDLC ETF Grayscale Investments Sponsors finished its quarterly portfolio review and rebalanced the GDLC ETF in line with the CoinDesk 5 Index Methodology. The index provider determined that Bitcoin, Ethereum (Ether), XRP, Solana (SOL), and BNB continued to meet the inclusion criteria.
As a result, Grayscale has adjusted the fund’s portfolio by purchasing and selling some existing fund components in line with their weightings. Thus, no new tokens were added to or removed from the GLDC ETF during rebalancing.
The crypto components’ weighting in the fund is adjusted to 75.54% Bitcoin, 13.30% Ethereum, 4.64% BNB, 3.98% XRP, and 2.54% SOL. Each share represented almost 0.0003 Bitcoin, 0.0021 Ether, 0.0023 BNB, 1.0633 XRP, and 0.0099 SOL.
Notably, the earlier allocations were 75.53% BTC, 13.43% ETH, 4.64% BNB, 3.88% XRP, and 2.52% SOL. The latest update shows a slight increase in XRP, Solana, and Bitcoin weightings, whereas a small cut in Ethereum. Meanwhile, BNB’s allocation remains stable at 4.64% in the Grayscale GDLC ETF.
Meanwhile, Grayscale XRP ETF (GXRP) sold over $180 million worth of Ripple’s XRP. It also reported massive depreciation in net asset value due to XRP price downturn.
Price Action Mixed amid Rising Uncertainty Bitcoin price holds advance towards $65K amid pause in US-Iran war for diplomatic deal between the US, Iran and Oman. BTC currently trades at $64,722, up almost 1 % over the past 24 hours, but trading volume remains low due to broader crypto market uncertainty.
Meanwhile, XRP price dropped more than 2% in the past 24 hours as Senate Majority Leader John Thune didn’t file cloture on the Clarity Act. XRP is currently trading at $1.05, with a 24-hour low and high of $1.04 and $1.07, respectively.
However, trading volume has increased by 33% over the last 24 hours as traders await Clarity Act’s progress in the Senate. Analyst Ali Martinez predicted a fall to $0.80 if XRP price fails to hold above $1.
Check out the best crypto copy trading platforms to closely track the moves of experienced traders amid crypto market uncertainty.
Solana poprvé překročila 1 miliardu transakcí za týden, když mezi 27. červencem a 2. srpnem zpracovala rekordních 1 012 226 009 transakcí. Zároveň vede růst tokenizovaného zlata, jehož tržní kapitalizace od srpna 2025 vzrostla o 689,1 %.
Solana has kicked off August by proving why it’s one of the most efficient L1.
On the fundamentals side, two major network upgrades are gaining momentum. The first is the deflationary upgrade, which has officially entered its final voting stage.
Meanwhile, SIMD-0525 is now live on testnet, cutting slot time from 400 ms to 350 ms as the first step toward a 200 ms slot time. Together, these developments point to a faster network, reinforcing Solana’s scalability thesis heading into Q4.
The key takeaway? The impact is already showing up on-chain. As the chart below highlights, Solana’s weekly transaction count crossed the 1 billion mark for the first time, reaching a record 1,012,226,009 transactions from the 27th of July to the 2nd of August.
Source: Blockworks In essence, Solana’s network upgrades aren’t just improving performance on paper.
Instead, they’re supporting record transaction throughput as on-chain activity continues to scale. From a fundamentals standpoint, that’s a strong signal.
Sustained transaction growth reinforces Solana’s core strengths, such as high TPS, low-latency finality, and the network’s ability to process more activity.
However, while the 1 billion weekly transaction milestone clearly validates Solana’s scalability, another key on-chain signal appears to be emerging.
If it continues to build, it could give Solana [SOL] an additional edge as the market heads toward Q4.
Tokenized gold pushes Solana to a new network milestone The market is already calling August a “huge month” for Solana.
Interestingly, that narrative isn’t being driven by SOL’s price action. The token is up just over 1.8% so far this month, lagging Cardano’s 11% gain over the same period.
Instead, the focus has shifted to Solana’s fundamentals, with network upgrades driving the bullish narrative rather than short-term price speculation.
Notably, this is where the chart below becomes important. While the 1 billion transaction milestone confirms Solana’s growing network activity, another signal is starting to stand out.
Over the past year, Solana has led all major L1s in the growth of tokenized gold, one of the fastest-growing segments within the RWA market.
Source: BirdEye To put into context, since August 2025, Solana’s tokenized gold market cap has grown 689.1%, averaging 18.8% month-over-month growth.
That’s more than 2x the year-over-year growth recorded by BNB Chain and roughly 4.6x the growth seen on Avalanche and Ethereum.
The timing couldn’t be better. From a macro perspective, gold is regaining momentum, with spot prices climbing above $4,200/oz to their highest level since June 2022.
If the rally extends, it could drive fresh demand for tokenized gold, an area where Solana already holds a clear growth advantage.
That, in turn, could further strengthen the on-chain activity and provide another fundamental tailwind for SOL heading into Q4.
Final Summary Solana hit a record 1 billion weekly transactions, showing its network upgrades are already driving stronger on-chain activity. Solana also leads the tokenized gold market. With gold prices rising again, that could give SOL another boost heading into Q4.
Šest amerických spotových Solana ETF zaznamenalo pět po sobě jdoucích seancí s nulovým čistým tokem. To kontrastuje s přílivy do Bitcoin ETF a Ethereum ETF.
The US Solana ETFs display a very rare phenomenon: no capital movement. For several sessions, investors have recorded neither subscription nor redemption across all these products, an unusual situation in a market where flows evolve almost daily. This immobility raises questions: does it indicate a waning of institutional demand or simply reflect the specific functioning of these financial vehicles? To answer, one must distinguish the flows officially recorded by issuers from the activity that continues to be observed in the secondary market.
In Brief The six spot Solana ETFs in the United States have recorded five consecutive sessions of strictly zero net flows, occurring right after an $18.1 million outflow from Bitwise’s BSOL fund. This apparent freeze of the primary market is partly explained by the high proportion of seed capital and conversions of pre-existing assets, representing nearly 40% of the $1 billion cumulative assets under management. However, this absence of new share creation does not mean trading has stopped, as investors continue to trade existing shares on the secondary market with active volumes. This temporary neutrality on Solana contrasts with the bullish dynamics of Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs, illustrating increased selectivity by institutions towards altcoin-backed vehicles. Flow Immobilism and the Footprint of Initial Capital All six Solana spot ETFs listed in the United States have experienced a consecutive sequence of five sessions closed with absolutely zero net flow. According to data provided by Farside Investors, the factual situation of the products is summarized as follows :
A generalized freeze of subscriptions : funds registered under the tickers BSOL, VSOL, FSOL, TSOL, SOEZ, and GSOL all displayed a value of $0.0 million during sessions from July 29 to August 4, 2026 ; A prior triggering event : this halt in subscriptions on the primary market occurred immediately after a capital outflow of $18.1 million recorded on July 28 from the BSOL fund managed by Bitwise ; A high accumulated total : despite this five-day freeze, Farside Investors’ dashboard accounts for a cumulative total of $1.122 billion in net inflows for the entire range as of August 4. A detailed examination of this billion dollars reveals a particular financial composition. Indeed, the seed capital alone represents $449.3 million, about 40% of the total accumulated $1.122 billion. This proportion shows that only a fraction of the total amount displayed corresponds to genuine creation of shares made after the funds’ launches. Moreover, analytical tracking data specifies that $102.7 million included in this seed capital, for Grayscale’s GSOL fund, actually constitute the conversion of a pre-existing financial product and not an injection of new capital to the market.
The Mechanics of Solana’s Primary Market versus Secondary Trading To understand this figure, it must be recalled that this data only measures the balance of the primary market after counting share creations and redemptions. Thus, authorized operators manage this process in the primary market, while investors can trade existing shares among themselves on exchanges. Consequently, the absence of net creation does not indicate a total absence of economic activity in the secondary equity markets.
Issuer asset figures perfectly illustrate this distinction in activity. Bitwise declared approximately $596.37 million in net assets for its BSOL fund according to data dated August 2. On the other hand, 21Shares reported about $3.09 million in assets for the TSOL fund as of August 3, while maintaining a non-zero daily trading volume on exchanges. These asset and volume data demonstrate that the secondary market continued to function autonomously while primary creations remained halted.
Market Divergences and Outlook for Altcoins The temporary paralysis observed on Solana fits within a broader market context where investor behaviors vary significantly according to asset maturity. On August 4, 2026, at the very moment Solana showed $0.0 million, Farside Investors reported net inflows of $211.5 million for Bitcoin ETFs and $53.1 million for Ethereum ETFs in the United States. These gaps highlight the differences in size and institutional anchoring between the two sector giants and the vehicles backed by altcoins.
Assessing a real long-term trend change will require analyzing the joint evolution of new creations, redemptions, and trading volumes. Thus, the current neutrality of primary flows on Solana reflects a wait-and-see posture among authorized investors. The resumption of share creation momentum will depend on the secondary market’s capacity to absorb existing volumes and the return of marked buying interest for financial products derived from Solana.
In short, these five consecutive days of zero net flows do not represent investor desertion but materialize a technical equilibrium point in the primary market of Solana ETFs. The clear distinction between volumes traded on exchanges and share creations remains the key to correctly interpreting the performance of these instruments.
Maximize your Cointribune experience with our "Read to Earn" program! For every article you read, earn points and access exclusive rewards. Sign up now and start earning benefits.
Join the program
A
A
Lien copié
Luc Jose A.
Diplômé de Sciences Po Toulouse et titulaire d'une certification consultant blockchain délivrée par Alyra, j'ai rejoint l'aventure Cointribune en 2019. Convaincu du potentiel de la blockchain pour transformer de nombreux secteurs de l'économie, j'ai pris l'engagement de sensibiliser et d'informer le grand public sur cet écosystème en constante évolution. Mon objectif est de permettre à chacun de mieux comprendre la blockchain et de saisir les opportunités qu'elle offre. Je m'efforce chaque jour de fournir une analyse objective de l'actualité, de décrypter les tendances du marché, de relayer les dernières innovations technologiques et de mettre en perspective les enjeux économiques et sociétaux de cette révolution en marche.
DISCLAIMER
The views, thoughts, and opinions expressed in this article belong solely to the author, and should not be taken as investment advice. Do your own research before taking any investment decisions.
Molson Coors ve 2. čtvrtletí oznámila pokles čistých tržeb o 3,3 % na 3,10 mld. USD a zisk před zdaněním klesl o 49 % na 283,1 mil. USD. Firma potvrdila celoroční výhled.
GOLDEN, Colo. & MONTRÉAL--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Molson Coors Beverage Company ("MCBC," "Molson Coors" or "the Company") (NYSE: TAP, TAP.A; TSX: TPX.A, TPX.B) today reported results for the 2026 second quarter.
2026 SECOND QUARTER FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS1
Net sales decreased 3.3% reported and 3.6% in constant currency. U.S. GAAP income before income taxes decreased 49.0% to $283.1 million. Underlying (Non-GAAP) income before income taxes decreased 27.8% in constant currency to $383.2 million. U.S. GAAP net income attributable to MCBC of $231.7 million, $1.23 earnings per share on a diluted basis. Underlying (Non-GAAP) diluted earnings per share of $1.58 decreased 22.9%. CEO AND CFO PERSPECTIVES
Rahul Goyal, President and Chief Executive Officer Statement:
"We made progress on key aspects of the Horizon 2030 strategy in the second quarter as we navigated heightened global macroeconomic headwinds that affected both consumer behavior and key input costs in our business. Coors Banquet and Peroni continue to perform well, and we're focused on improving our overall share performance in this competitive environment through ongoing, disciplined execution. As we lean into emerging consumer tastes in flavor and beyond beer, we’re encouraged by Fever-Tree’s continued momentum after more than a year of partnership, and Monaco Cocktails delivered strong performance in its first quarter as part of Molson Coors. Our approach for the balance of the year includes prudent investments designed to drive scale and efficiency across our global portfolio while executing against our cost savings plan to mitigate the impacts of persistent macroeconomic volatility."
"Our second quarter financial results largely matched our expectations as we managed through both expected and unanticipated headwinds that weighed on our top and bottom lines. Further progress on our cost savings initiatives partially offset ongoing commodity cost inflation and the impact of lower financial volumes. We are reaffirming our full-year guidance. In the second quarter, we deployed capital toward value-added M&A in support of our Horizon 2030 strategy, enhanced financial flexibility through a series of debt refinancing transactions, and returned capital to shareholders through both dividends and share buybacks. These actions reflect our disciplined approach to balancing our capital allocation priorities.”
CONSOLIDATED PERFORMANCE - SECOND QUARTER 2026
For the three months ended
($ in millions, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported % Change
Foreign Exchange Impact
Constant Currency Increase (Decrease)(1)
Net sales
$
3,096.5
$
3,200.8
(3.3
)%
$
10.4
(3.6
)%
U.S. GAAP income (loss) before income taxes
$
283.1
$
554.9
(49.0
)%
$
(0.4
)
(48.9
)%
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes(1)
$
383.2
$
531.5
(27.9
)%
$
(0.8
)
(27.8
)%
U.S. GAAP net income (loss)(2)
$
231.7
$
428.7
(46.0
)%
Per diluted share
$
1.23
$
2.13
(42.3
)%
Underlying net income (loss)(1)
$
296.6
$
412.3
(28.1
)%
Per diluted share
$
1.58
$
2.05
(22.9
)%
Financial volume(3)
19.734
20.870
(5.4
)%
Brand volume(3)
19.628
20.612
(4.8
)%
For the six months ended
($ in millions, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported Increase (Decrease)
Foreign Exchange Impact
Constant Currency Increase (Decrease)(1)
Net sales
$
5,447.6
$
5,504.9
(1.0
)%
$
55.6
(2.1
)%
U.S. GAAP income (loss) before income taxes
$
477.8
$
711.2
(32.8
)%
$
(5.0
)
(32.1
)%
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes(1)
$
531.1
$
662.6
(19.8
)%
$
(5.3
)
(19.0
)%
U.S. GAAP net income (loss)(2)
$
383.0
$
549.7
(30.3
)%
Per diluted share
$
2.03
$
2.71
(25.1
)%
Underlying net income (loss)(1)
$
414.1
$
514.0
(19.4
)%
Per diluted share
$
2.20
$
2.54
(13.4
)%
Financial volume(3)
34.698
36.279
(4.4
)%
Brand volume(3)
34.696
36.159
(4.0
)%
(1) Represents income (loss) before income taxes and net income (loss) attributable to MCBC adjusted for non-GAAP items. See Appendix for definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures including constant currency.
(2) Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC.
(3) See Worldwide and Segment Brand and Financial Volume in the Appendix for definitions of financial volume and brand volume as well as the reconciliation from financial volume to brand volume. Volume presented in millions of hectoliters.
QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED HIGHLIGHTS (VERSUS SECOND QUARTER 2025 RESULTS)
Net sales: The following table highlights the drivers of the change in net sales for the three months ended June 30, 2026, compared to June 30, 2025 (in percentages): Net Sales Drivers (unaudited)
Financial volume
(5.4) %
Price and sales mix
1.8 %
Currency
0.3 %
Total consolidated net sales
(3.3) %
Net sales decreased 3.3%, driven by lower financial volume, partially offset by favorable price and sales mix and favorable foreign currency impacts. Net sales decreased 3.6% in constant currency.
Financial volume decreased 5.4%, due to lower shipments in both the Americas and EMEA&APAC segments. Brand volume decreased 4.8%, including a 5.3% decrease in the Americas segment and 3.4% decrease in the EMEA&APAC segment.
Price and sales mix favorably impacted net sales by 1.8%, primarily due to increased net pricing in the Americas segment and favorable sales mix as a result of premiumization in both the Americas and EMEA&APAC segments. Net sales per hectoliter increased 2.3% reported and 2.0% on a constant currency basis.
Cost of goods sold ("COGS"): increased 6.0% on a reported basis, impacted by higher cost of goods sold per hectoliter and unfavorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by lower financial volume. COGS per hectoliter: increased 12.1% on a reported basis, primarily due to the unfavorable changes in our unrealized mark-to-market commodity derivative positions of $98.0 million, cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses including approximately $40 million of an unfavorable impact attributable to Midwest Premium pricing, unfavorable mix driven by premiumization and volume deleverage, partially offset by cost savings initiatives. Underlying (Non-GAAP) COGS per hectoliter: increased 6.3% in constant currency, primarily due to cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses, including approximately $40 million of an unfavorable impact attributable to Midwest Premium pricing, unfavorable mix driven by premiumization and volume deleverage, partially offset by cost savings initiatives. Marketing, general & administrative ("MG&A"): increased 3.7% on a reported basis, primarily due to higher general and administrative expenses as a result of cycling lower incentive compensation expense in the prior year and costs incurred related to our global modernization enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system implementation project in the current year. Underlying (Non-GAAP) MG&A: increased 3.2% in constant currency. U.S. GAAP income (loss) before income taxes: U.S. GAAP income before income taxes decreased 49.0% on a reported basis, primarily due to unfavorable changes in our unrealized mark-to-market commodity derivative positions of $98.0 million, lower financial volume, cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses, including approximately $40 million of an unfavorable impact attributable to Midwest Premium pricing, higher MG&A and lower other non-operating income driven by unfavorable changes in the fair value of our investment in Fevertree Drinks plc of approximately $18 million, partially offset by increased net pricing in the Americas segment and cost savings initiatives. Underlying (Non-GAAP) income (loss) before income taxes: Underlying (Non-GAAP) income before income taxes decreased 27.8% in constant currency, primarily due to lower financial volume, cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses, including approximately $40 million of an unfavorable impact attributable to Midwest Premium pricing and higher MG&A, partially offset by increased net pricing in the Americas segment and cost savings initiatives. Effective Tax Rate and Underlying (Non-GAAP) Effective Tax Rate (Unaudited)
For the three months ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
U.S. GAAP effective tax rate
22 %
24 %
Underlying (Non-GAAP) effective tax rate(1)
22 %
23 %
(1) See Appendix for definitions of non-GAAP financial measures.
Our U.S. GAAP effective tax rate and Underlying (Non-GAAP) effective tax rates decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year, primarily due to the recognition of a higher discrete tax benefit.
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per diluted share: Net income attributable to MCBC per diluted share decreased 42.3%, primarily due to lower U.S. GAAP income before income taxes, partially offset by lower weighted-average diluted shares outstanding driven by share repurchases. Underlying (Non-GAAP) net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per diluted share: Underlying net income attributable to MCBC per diluted share decreased 22.9%, primarily due to lower underlying income before income taxes, partially offset by lower weighted-average shares outstanding driven by share repurchases. QUARTERLY SEGMENT HIGHLIGHTS (VERSUS SECOND QUARTER 2025 RESULTS)
Americas Segment Overview
The following table highlights the Americas segment results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 compared to June 30, 2025:
For the three months ended
($ in millions) (Unaudited)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change (2)
Net sales(1)
$
2,402.4
$
2,504.8
(4.1
)%
$
(0.7
)
(4.1
)%
Income (loss) before income taxes(1)
$
390.1
$
538.2
(27.5
)%
$
(2.1
)
(27.1
)%
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes (1)(2)
$
396.1
$
514.2
(23.0
)%
$
(2.0
)
(22.6
)%
For the six months ended
($ in millions) (Unaudited)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change (2)
Net sales(1)
$
4,302.9
$
4,386.6
(1.9
)%
$
10.5
(2.1
)%
Income (loss) before income taxes(1)
$
597.5
$
747.5
(20.1
)%
$
(3.7
)
(19.6
)%
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes (1)(2)
$
626.9
$
717.0
(12.6
)%
$
(3.4
)
(12.1
)%
Americas Segment Highlights (Versus Second Quarter 2025 Results)
Net sales: The following table highlights the drivers of the change in net sales for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to June 30, 2025 (in percentages): Net Sales Drivers (unaudited)
Financial volume
(6.4) %
Price and sales mix
2.3 %
Currency
— %
Total Americas net sales
(4.1) %
Net sales decreased 4.1%, driven by lower financial volume, partially offset by favorable price and sales mix.
Financial and brand volume decreased 6.4% and 5.3%, respectively, primarily due to lower financial volume in the U.S. in our core and value brands as well as the unfavorable timing of shipments.
Price and sales mix favorably impacted net sales by 2.3%, primarily due to increased net pricing and favorable sales mix as a result of positive brand mix. Net sales per hectoliter increased 2.5% on a reported and constant currency basis.
U.S. GAAP income (loss) before income taxes: U.S. GAAP income before income taxes decreased 27.5% on a reported basis, primarily due to lower financial volume, cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses, including approximately $40 million of an unfavorable impact attributable to Midwest Premium pricing, higher MG&A, unfavorable changes in the fair value of our investment in Fevertree Drinks plc of approximately $18 million and higher other operating expenses, partially offset by increased net pricing and cost savings initiatives. Higher MG&A was primarily driven by the cycling of lower incentive compensation expense in the prior year and costs incurred related to our global modernization ERP system implementation project in the current year. Higher other operating expenses were primarily driven by restructuring activities and the accelerated amortization of a brand intangible as a result of a decision to exit a brand in our Americas segment. Underlying (Non-GAAP) income (loss) before income taxes: Underlying income before income taxes decreased 22.6% in constant currency, primarily due to lower financial volume, cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses, including approximately $40 million of an unfavorable impact attributable to Midwest Premium pricing and higher MG&A, partially offset by increased net pricing and cost savings. Higher MG&A was primarily driven by the cycling of lower incentive compensation expense in the prior year and costs incurred related to our global modernization ERP system implementation project in the current year. EMEA&APAC Segment Overview
The following table highlights the EMEA&APAC segment results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to June 30, 2025:
For the three months ended
($ in millions) (Unaudited)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change (2)
Net sales(1)
$
700.8
$
703.9
(0.4
)%
$
11.1
(2.0
)%
Income (loss) before income taxes(1)
$
37.9
$
64.8
(41.5
)%
$
0.7
(42.6
)%
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes (1)(2)
$
41.0
$
72.4
(43.4
)%
$
0.7
(44.3
)%
For the six months ended
($ in millions) (Unaudited)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change (2)
Net sales(1)
$
1,156.9
$
1,131.2
2.3
%
$
45.1
(1.7
)%
Income (loss) before income taxes(1)
$
(13.8
)
$
45.6
N/M
$
(4.7
)
N/M
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes (1)(2)
$
8.3
$
53.2
(84.4
)%
$
(3.7
)
(77.4
)%
N/M = Not meaningful The reported percent change and the constant currency percent change in the above tables are presented as (unfavorable) favorable. (1)
Includes gross inter-segment volumes, sales and purchases, which are eliminated in the consolidated totals.
(2)
Represents income (loss) before income taxes adjusted for non-GAAP items. See Appendix for definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures including constant currency.
EMEA&APAC Segment Highlights (Versus Second Quarter 2025 Results)
Net sales: The following table highlights the drivers of the change in net sales for the three months ended June 30, 2026, compared to June 30, 2025 (in percentages): Net Sales Drivers (unaudited)
Financial volume
(2.8) %
Price and sales mix
0.8 %
Currency
1.6 %
Total EMEA&APAC net sales
(0.4) %
Net sales decreased 0.4% driven by lower financial volume, partially offset by favorable foreign currency impacts and favorable price and sales mix. Net sales decreased 2.0% in constant currency.
Financial volume and brand volume decreased 2.8% and 3.4%, respectively, primarily due to lower volume in the U.K. driven by soft market demand and a heightened competitive landscape.
Price and sales mix favorably impacted net sales by 0.8%, primarily due to premiumization, partly offset by increased promotional activity. Net sales per hectoliter increased 2.4% on a reported basis and 0.8% on a constant currency basis.
Foreign currency favorably impacted net sales by 1.6%, primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar ("USD") compared to the Hungarian Forint ("HUF") and Euro ("EUR").
U.S. GAAP income (loss) before income taxes: U.S. GAAP income before income taxes decreased 41.5% on a reported basis, primarily due to unfavorable mix driven by channel mix, lower financial volume and cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses, partially offset by lower restructuring related charges. Underlying (Non-GAAP) income (loss) before income taxes: Underlying income before income taxes decreased 44.3% in constant currency, primarily due to unfavorable mix, driven by channel mix, lower financial volume and cost inflation related to materials, logistics and manufacturing expenses. CASH FLOW AND LIQUIDITY HIGHLIGHTS
U.S. GAAP cash from operations: Net cash provided by operating activities of $820.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, increased $192.8 million compared to $627.6 million in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to favorable changes in working capital, partially offset by lower net income adjusted for non-cash items. The favorable changes in working capital were primarily driven by the current year cash settlement of our forward starting interest rate swaps of $107.5 million, lower payments for prior year annual incentive compensation, the timing of payables and the cycling of a $60.6 million prior year payment as final resolution of the Keystone litigation case, partially offset by the timing of receivables. Underlying (Non-GAAP) free cash flow: Cash provided of $513.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, represented an increase of $220.3 million from the prior year, primarily due to an increase in net cash provided by operating activities and lower capital expenditures. Debt: Total debt as of June 30, 2026 was $7,709.6 million and cash and cash equivalents totaled $2,128.1 million, resulting in net debt of $5,581.5 million and a net debt to underlying EBITDA ratio of 2.53x. As of June 30, 2025, our net debt to underlying EBITDA ratio was 2.41x. Subsequent to June 30, 2026, we repaid our $2.0 billion 3.0% senior notes using cash proceeds from the May 27, 2026 issuance of our $500 million senior notes due July 2031 and $1.0 billion senior notes due July 2036, as well as cash on hand. Dividends: We paid cash dividends of $183.7 million and $192.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively. Share Repurchase Program: We paid $211.0 million and $306.8 million, including brokerage commissions, for share repurchases for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively. 2026 OUTLOOK
We continue to expect to achieve the following targets for full year 2026 despite the inherent uncertainties that exist with inflationary commodity and logistics cost pressures and uncertainty in the global macroeconomic environment.
Net sales: flat, plus or minus 1% versus 2025 on a constant currency basis. Underlying income (loss) before income taxes: decline in the range of 15% to 18% versus 2025 on a constant currency basis. Underlying earnings per share: decline in the range of 11% to 15% versus 2025. Capital expenditures: $650 million incurred, plus or minus 5%. Underlying free cash flow: $1.1 billion, plus or minus 10%. Underlying depreciation and amortization: $720 million, plus or minus 5%. Consolidated net interest expense: $260 million, plus or minus 5%. Underlying effective tax rate: in the range of 22% to 24%. The Company's outlook includes the following considerations:
U.S. financial volumes are expected to slightly outpace brand volumes in the second half of the year. In COGS, commodity and logistics costs are expected to remain elevated compared to the prior year, with the impact of Midwest Premium expected to exceed approximately $130 million for the full year. We expect a reduction in MG&A expenses in the second half of the year compared to the prior year as we carefully manage expenses with a targeted focus on investments that are expected to improve performance and generate the highest returns. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On July 16, 2026, our Board declared a dividend of $0.48 per share, to be paid on September 18, 2026, to shareholders of Class A and Class B common stock of record on August 28, 2026. Shareholders of exchangeable shares will receive the CAD equivalent of dividends declared on Class A and Class B common stock, equal to CAD 0.67 per share.
NOTES
Unless otherwise indicated in this release, all $ amounts are in USD, and all comparative results are for the Company’s second quarter ended June 30, 2026, compared to the second quarter ended June 30, 2025. Some numbers may not sum due to rounding.
2026 SECOND QUARTER INVESTOR CONFERENCE CALL
Molson Coors Beverage Company will conduct an earnings conference call with financial analysts and investors at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time today to discuss the Company’s 2026 second quarter results. The live webcast will be accessible via our website, ir.molsoncoors.com. An online replay of the webcast is expected to be posted within two hours following the live webcast. The Company will post this release and related financial statements on its website today.
OVERVIEW OF MOLSON COORS BEVERAGE COMPANY
For more than two centuries, we have brewed beverages that unite people to celebrate all life’s moments. From our core power brands, Coors Light, Miller Lite, Coors Banquet, Molson Canadian, Carling and Ožujsko, to our above premium brands, including Madrí Excepcional, Staropramen, Blue Moon Belgian White and Leinenkugel’s Summer Shandy, to our value brands, like Miller High Life and Keystone Light, we produce many beloved and iconic beers. While our history is rooted in beer, we offer a modern portfolio that expands beyond the beer aisle as well, including flavored beverages like Vizzy Hard Seltzer and Monaco, spirits and non-alcoholic beverages. We also have partner brands, such as Simply Spiked, ZOA Energy, Fever-Tree, among others, through license, distribution, partnership and joint venture agreements. As a business, our ambition is to be the first choice for our people, our consumers and our customers, and our success depends on our ability to make our products available to meet a wide range of consumer segments and occasions.
To learn more about Molson Coors Beverage Company, visit molsoncoors.com.
ABOUT MOLSON COORS CANADA INC.
Molson Coors Canada Inc. ("MCCI") is a subsidiary of Molson Coors Beverage Company. MCCI Class A and Class B exchangeable shares offer substantially the same economic and voting rights as the respective classes of common shares of MCBC, as described in MCBC’s annual proxy statement and Form 10-K filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The trustee holder of the special Class A voting stock and the special Class B voting stock has the right to cast a number of votes equal to the number of then outstanding Class A exchangeable shares and Class B exchangeable shares, respectively.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. Generally, the words "expects," "intends," "goals," "plans," "believes," "confidence," "views," "continues," "may," "anticipate," "seek," "estimate," "outlook," "trends," "future benefits," "potential," "projects," "strategies," and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements, and include, but are not limited to, statements under the headings "CEO and CFO Perspectives" and "2026 Outlook," with respect to, among others, expectations and impacts of macroeconomic forces, beverage industry trends, cost inflation and tariffs, commodity prices, consumer preferences and limited consumer disposable income, overall volume and market share trends, our competitive position, execution of our strategic priorities, anticipated results, pricing trends, cost reduction strategies, including the Americas Restructuring Plan announced in October of 2025 as well as other restructuring projects and the expected charges and benefits of the restructuring, shipment levels and profitability, the sufficiency of capital resources, expectations for funding future capital expenditures and operations, debt service capabilities, timing and amounts of debt and leverage levels, Preserving the Planet and related environmental initiatives, effective tax rate, and expectations regarding future dividends and share repurchases. In addition, statements that we make in this press release that are not statements of historical fact may also be forward-looking statements.
Although the Company believes that the assumptions upon which its forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, it can give no assurance that these assumptions will prove to be correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s historical experience, and present projections and expectations are disclosed in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including the risks discussed in our filings with the SEC, including our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. All forward-looking statements in this press release are expressly qualified by such cautionary statements and by reference to the underlying assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
The market and industry data used, if any, in this press release are based on independent industry publications, customer specific data, trade or business organizations, reports by market research firms and other published statistical information from third parties, including Circana (formerly Information Resources, Inc.) for U.S. market data and Beer Canada for Canadian market data (collectively, the “Third-Party Information”), as well as information based on management’s good faith estimates, which we derive from our review of internal information and independent sources. Such Third-Party Information generally states that the information contained therein or provided by such sources has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable.
APPENDIX
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - MOLSON COORS BEVERAGE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Sales
$
3,604.4
$
3,740.0
$
6,322.3
$
6,430.2
Excise taxes
(507.9
)
(539.2
)
(874.7
)
(925.3
)
Net sales
3,096.5
3,200.8
5,447.6
5,504.9
Cost of goods sold
(2,033.2
)
(1,918.9
)
(3,487.1
)
(3,372.1
)
Gross profit
1,063.3
1,281.9
1,960.5
2,132.8
Marketing, general and administrative expenses
(718.5
)
(693.1
)
(1,328.5
)
(1,346.3
)
Other operating income (expense), net
(16.6
)
(9.2
)
(48.7
)
(25.1
)
Equity income (loss)
3.7
4.0
6.9
8.5
Operating income (loss)
331.9
583.6
590.2
769.9
Interest income (expense), net
(60.5
)
(58.5
)
(118.1
)
(115.1
)
Other pension and postretirement benefit (cost), net
5.0
3.5
9.9
7.3
Other non-operating income (expense), net
6.7
26.3
(4.2
)
49.1
Income (loss) before income taxes
283.1
554.9
477.8
711.2
Income tax benefit (expense)
(61.5
)
(130.6
)
(106.1
)
(163.8
)
Net income (loss)
221.6
424.3
371.7
547.4
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
10.1
4.4
11.3
2.3
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC
$
231.7
$
428.7
$
383.0
$
549.7
Basic net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per share
$
1.24
$
2.14
$
2.04
$
2.73
Diluted net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per share
$
1.23
$
2.13
$
2.03
$
2.71
Weighted-average shares - basic
187.5
200.5
188.2
201.7
Weighted-average shares - diluted
187.7
201.2
188.6
202.6
Dividends per share
$
0.48
$
0.47
$
0.96
$
0.94
BALANCE SHEETS - MOLSON COORS BEVERAGE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except par value) (Unaudited)
As of
June 30, 2026
December 31, 2025
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
2,128.1
$
896.5
Trade receivables, net
1,004.1
703.0
Other receivables, net
173.7
187.3
Inventories, net
849.1
715.9
Other current assets, net
428.5
432.8
Total current assets
4,583.5
2,935.5
Property, plant and equipment, net
4,677.7
4,768.7
Goodwill
2,144.8
1,944.7
Other intangibles, net
11,839.6
11,991.1
Other assets
1,113.4
1,098.4
Total assets
$
24,359.0
$
22,738.4
Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
$
3,175.0
$
2,876.7
Current portion of long-term debt and short-term borrowings
2,037.1
2,434.1
Total current liabilities
5,212.1
5,310.8
Long-term debt
5,672.5
3,865.4
Pension and postretirement benefits
411.2
427.1
Deferred tax liabilities
2,358.5
2,284.7
Other liabilities
296.0
307.7
Total liabilities
13,950.3
12,195.7
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
102.0
115.6
Molson Coors Beverage Company stockholders' equity
Capital stock
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (authorized: 25.0 shares; none issued)
—
—
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value (authorized: 500.0 shares; issued and outstanding: 2.6 shares and 2.6 shares, respectively)
—
—
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value (authorized: 500.0 shares; issued: 216.6 shares and 216.1 shares, respectively)
2.2
2.2
Class A exchangeable shares, no par value (issued and outstanding: 2.7 shares and 2.7 shares, respectively)
100.8
100.8
Class B exchangeable shares, no par value (issued and outstanding: 7.1 shares and 7.1 shares, respectively)
266.9
266.9
Paid-in capital
7,252.8
7,247.2
Retained earnings
5,925.4
5,723.7
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(1,181.1
)
(1,071.6
)
Class B common stock held in treasury at cost (42.1 shares and 37.7 shares, respectively)
(2,247.5
)
(2,038.9
)
Total Molson Coors Beverage Company stockholders' equity
10,119.5
10,230.3
Noncontrolling interests
187.2
196.8
Total equity
10,306.7
10,427.1
Total liabilities and equity
$
24,359.0
$
22,738.4
CASH FLOW STATEMENTS - MOLSON COORS BEVERAGE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions) (Unaudited)
For the six months ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
$
371.7
$
547.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
377.7
350.4
Amortization of cloud computing arrangements
7.6
7.0
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
3.8
2.6
Share-based compensation
17.0
18.9
(Gain) loss on sale or impairment of property, plant, equipment and other assets, net
2.3
(6.1
)
Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign currency fluctuations, fair value investments and derivative instruments, net
6.2
(77.4
)
Equity (income) loss
(6.9
)
(8.5
)
Income tax (benefit) expense
106.1
163.8
Income tax (paid) received
(41.7
)
(58.0
)
Interest expense, excluding amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
125.2
120.3
Interest paid
(141.5
)
(137.2
)
Other non-cash items, net
1.5
(2.1
)
Change in current assets and liabilities (net of impact of business combinations) and other
(8.6
)
(293.5
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
820.4
627.6
Cash flows from investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(335.2
)
(400.6
)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
7.4
4.4
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired
(271.0
)
(20.8
)
Other
(0.6
)
(82.7
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
(599.4
)
(499.7
)
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
(183.7
)
(192.7
)
Payments for purchases of treasury stock
(211.0
)
(306.8
)
Payments on debt and borrowings
(382.7
)
(5.8
)
Proceeds on debt and borrowings
1,848.6
—
Other
(44.3
)
(0.9
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
1,026.9
(506.2
)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(16.3
)
22.8
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
1,231.6
(355.5
)
Balance at beginning of year
896.5
969.3
Balance at end of period
$
2,128.1
$
613.8
SUMMARIZED SEGMENT RESULTS ($ in millions and volume in millions of hectoliters) (Unaudited)
Americas
Q2 2026
Q2 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
YTD 2026
YTD 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
Net sales(1)
$
2,402.4
$
2,504.8
(4.1
)
$
(0.7
)
(4.1
)
$
4,302.9
$
4,386.6
(1.9
)
$
10.5
(2.1
)
COGS(1)(2)
$
(1,461.3
)
$
(1,468.4
)
0.5
$
0.5
0.4
$
(2,668.5
)
$
(2,638.3
)
(1.1
)
$
(6.9
)
(0.9
)
MG&A
$
(546.2
)
$
(526.4
)
(3.8
)
$
0.2
(3.8
)
$
(1,009.9
)
$
(1,040.7
)
3.0
$
(3.6
)
3.3
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
390.1
$
538.2
(27.5
)
$
(2.1
)
(27.1
)
$
597.5
$
747.5
(20.1
)
$
(3.7
)
(19.6
)
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes(3)
$
396.1
$
514.2
(23.0
)
$
(2.0
)
(22.6
)
$
626.9
$
717.0
(12.6
)
$
(3.4
)
(12.1
)
Financial volume(1)(4)
14.326
15.307
(6.4
)
25.753
27.049
(4.8
)
Brand volume
14.246
15.038
(5.3
)
25.821
26.969
(4.3
)
EMEA&APAC
Q2 2026
Q2 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
YTD 2026
YTD 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
Net sales(1)
$
700.8
$
703.9
(0.4
)
$
11.1
(2.0
)
$
1,156.9
$
1,131.2
2.3
$
45.1
(1.7
)
COGS(1)(2)
$
(487.6
)
$
(465.4
)
(4.8
)
$
(7.8
)
(3.1
)
$
(829.0
)
$
(772.4
)
(7.3
)
$
(33.4
)
(3.0
)
MG&A
$
(172.3
)
$
(166.7
)
(3.4
)
$
(3.1
)
(1.5
)
$
(318.6
)
$
(305.6
)
(4.3
)
$
(15.4
)
0.8
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
37.9
$
64.8
(41.5
)
$
0.7
(42.6
)
$
(13.8
)
$
45.6
N/M
$
(4.7
)
N/M
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes(3)
$
41.0
$
72.4
(43.4
)
$
0.7
(44.3
)
$
8.3
$
53.2
(84.4
)
$
(3.7
)
(77.4
)
Financial volume(1)(4)
5.409
5.564
(2.8
)
8.949
9.233
(3.1
)
Brand volume
5.382
5.574
(3.4
)
8.875
9.190
(3.4
)
Unallocated & Eliminations
Q2 2026
Q2 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
YTD 2026
YTD 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
Net sales
$
(6.7
)
$
(7.9
)
15.2
$
—
15.2
$
(12.2
)
$
(12.9
)
5.4
$
—
5.4
COGS(2)
$
(84.3
)
$
14.9
N/M
$
0.5
N/M
$
10.4
$
38.6
(73.1
)
$
1.6
(77.2
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
(144.9
)
$
(48.1
)
(201.2
)
$
1.0
(203.3
)
$
(105.9
)
$
(81.9
)
(29.3
)
$
3.4
(33.5
)
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes(3)
$
(53.9
)
$
(55.1
)
2.2
$
0.5
1.3
$
(104.1
)
$
(107.6
)
3.3
$
1.8
1.6
Financial volume
(0.001
)
(0.001
)
—
(0.004
)
(0.003
)
N/M
Consolidated
Q2 2026
Q2 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
YTD 2026
YTD 2025
Reported % Change
FX Impact
Constant Currency % Change(3)
Net sales
$
3,096.5
$
3,200.8
(3.3
)
$
10.4
(3.6
)
$
5,447.6
$
5,504.9
(1.0
)
$
55.6
(2.1
)
COGS
$
(2,033.2
)
$
(1,918.9
)
(6.0
)
$
(6.8
)
(5.6
)
$
(3,487.1
)
$
(3,372.1
)
(3.4
)
$
(38.7
)
(2.3
)
MG&A
$
(718.5
)
$
(693.1
)
(3.7
)
$
(2.9
)
(3.2
)
$
(1,328.5
)
$
(1,346.3
)
1.3
$
(19.0
)
2.7
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
283.1
$
554.9
(49.0
)
$
(0.4
)
(48.9
)
$
477.8
$
711.2
(32.8
)
$
(5.0
)
(32.1
)
Underlying income (loss) before income taxes(3)
$
383.2
$
531.5
(27.9
)
$
(0.8
)
(27.8
)
$
531.1
$
662.6
(19.8
)
$
(5.3
)
(19.0
)
Financial volume(4)
19.734
20.870
(5.4
)
34.698
36.279
(4.4
)
Brand volume
19.628
20.612
(4.8
)
34.696
36.159
(4.0
)
N/M = Not meaningful The reported percent change and the constant currency percent change in the above table are presented as (unfavorable) favorable. (1) Includes gross inter-segment volumes, sales and purchases, which are eliminated in the consolidated totals.
(2) The unrealized changes in fair value on our commodity instruments, which are economic hedges, are recorded as COGS within Unallocated. As the exposure we are managing is realized, we reclassify the gain or loss to the segment in which the underlying exposure resides, allowing our segments to realize the economic effects of the derivative without the resulting unrealized mark-to-market volatility.
(3) Represents income (loss) before income taxes adjusted for non-GAAP items. See the Non-GAAP Measures and Reconciliations section for definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures including constant currency.
(4) Financial volume in hectoliters for the Americas and EMEA&APAC segments excludes royalty volume of 0.719 million hectoliters and 0.353 million hectoliters, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and excludes royalty volume of 0.693 million hectoliters and 0.336 million, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2025.
Financial volume in hectoliters for the Americas and EMEA&APAC segments excludes royalty volume of 1.441 million hectoliters and 0.576 million hectoliters, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and excludes royalty volume of 1.366 million hectoliters and 0.556 million hectoliters, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2025. WORLDWIDE AND SEGMENT BRAND AND FINANCIAL VOLUME
(In millions of hectoliters) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended
Americas
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Change
Financial Volume
14.326
15.307
(6.4
)%
Contract brewing and wholesale/factored volume
(0.442
)
(0.415
)
(6.5
)%
Royalty volume
0.719
0.693
3.8
%
Sales-To-Wholesaler to Sales-To-Retail adjustment and other(1)
(0.357
)
(0.547
)
(34.7
)%
Total Americas Brand Volume
14.246
15.038
(5.3
)%
EMEA&APAC
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Change
Financial Volume
5.409
5.564
(2.8
)%
Contract brewing and wholesale/factored volume
(0.380
)
(0.326
)
(16.6
)%
Royalty volume
0.353
0.336
5.1
%
Total EMEA&APAC Brand Volume
5.382
5.574
(3.4
)%
Consolidated
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Change
Financial Volume
19.734
20.870
(5.4
)%
Contract brewing and wholesale/factored volume
(0.822
)
(0.741
)
(10.9
)%
Royalty volume
1.072
1.029
4.2
%
Sales-To-Wholesaler to Sales-To-Retail adjustment and other(1)
(0.356
)
(0.546
)
(34.8
)%
Total Worldwide Brand Volume
19.628
20.612
(4.8
)%
(In millions of hectoliters) (Unaudited)
For the six months ended
Americas
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Change
Financial Volume
25.753
27.049
(4.8
)%
Contract brewing and wholesale/factored volume
(0.803
)
(0.800
)
(0.4
)%
Royalty volume
1.441
1.366
5.5
%
Sales-To-Wholesaler to Sales-To-Retail adjustment and other(1)
(0.570
)
(0.646
)
(11.8
)%
Total Americas Brand Volume
25.821
26.969
(4.3
)%
EMEA&APAC
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Change
Financial Volume
8.949
9.233
(3.1
)%
Contract brewing and wholesale/factored volume
(0.650
)
(0.599
)
(8.5
)%
Royalty volume
0.576
0.556
3.6
%
Total EMEA&APAC Brand Volume
8.875
9.190
(3.4
)%
Consolidated
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Change
Financial Volume
34.698
36.279
(4.4
)%
Contract brewing and wholesale/factored volume
(1.453
)
(1.399
)
(3.9
)%
Royalty volume
2.017
1.922
4.9
%
Sales-To-Wholesaler to Sales-To-Retail adjustment and other(1)
(0.566
)
(0.643
)
(12.0
)%
Total Worldwide Brand Volume
34.696
36.159
(4.0
)%
Worldwide brand volume (or "brand volume" when discussed by segment) reflects owned or actively managed brands sold to unrelated external customers within our geographic markets (net of returns and allowances), royalty volume and our proportionate share of equity investment worldwide brand volume calculated consistently with MCBC owned volume. Financial volume represents owned or actively managed brands sold to unrelated external customers within our geographic markets, net of returns and allowances as well as contract brewing, wholesale non-owned brand volume and company-owned distribution volume. Contract brewing and wholesale/factored volume is included within financial volume, but is removed from worldwide brand volume, as this is non-owned volume for which we do not directly control performance. Factored volume in our EMEA&APAC segment represents the distribution of beer, wine, spirits and other products owned and produced by other companies to the on-premise channel such as bars and restaurants, which is a common arrangement in the U.K. Royalty volume consists of our brands produced and sold by third parties under various license and contract brewing agreements and, because this is owned volume, it is included in worldwide brand volume. Our worldwide brand volume definition also includes an adjustment from Sales-to-Wholesaler ("STW") volume to Sales-to-Retailer ("STR") volume. We believe the brand volume metric is important because, unlike financial volume and STWs, it provides the closest indication of the performance of our brands in relation to market and competitor sales trends.
We also utilize net sales per hectoliter and COGS per hectoliter, as well as the year over year changes in this metric, as a key metric for analyzing our results. These metrics are calculated as net sales and COGS per our consolidated statements of operations divided by financial volume for the respective period. We believe these metrics are important and useful for investors and management because it provides an indication of the trends of price and sales mix on our net sales and the trends of mix and other cost impacts on our COGS.
NON-GAAP MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
Use of Non-GAAP Measures
In addition to financial measures presented on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”), we also use non-GAAP financial measures, as listed and defined below, for operational and financial decision making and to assess Company and segment business performance. These non-GAAP measures should be viewed as supplements to (not substitutes for) our results of operations presented under U.S. GAAP. We have provided reconciliations of all historical non-GAAP measures to their nearest U.S. GAAP measure and have consistently applied the adjustments within our reconciliations in arriving at each non-GAAP measure.
Our management uses these metrics to assist in comparing performance from period to period on a consistent basis; as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating actual results against such expectations; in communications with the Board of Directors, stockholders, analysts and investors concerning our financial performance; as useful comparisons to the performance of our competitors; and as metrics of certain management incentive compensation calculations. We believe these measures are used by, and are useful to, investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance.
Underlying Income (Loss) before Income Taxes (Closest GAAP Metric: Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes) –Measure of the Company’s or segment's income (loss) before income taxes excluding the impact of certain non-GAAP adjustment items from our U.S. GAAP financial statements. Non-GAAP adjustment items include goodwill and other intangible and tangible asset impairments, certain restructuring and integration related costs, unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses, adjustments to the redemption value of mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests, potential or incurred losses related to certain litigation accruals and settlements, impacts of settlement charges related to annuity purchases and gains and losses on sales of non-operating assets, among other items included in our U.S. GAAP results that warrant adjustment to arrive at non-GAAP results (collectively, "Non-GAAP adjustment items"). We consider these items to be necessary adjustments for purposes of evaluating our ongoing business performance and are often considered non-recurring. Such adjustments are subjective, involve significant management judgment and can vary substantially from company to company. Underlying COGS (Closest GAAP Metric: COGS) – Measure of the Company’s COGS adjusted to exclude non-GAAP adjustment items (as defined above). Non-GAAP adjustment items include, among other items, unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses on our commodity derivative instruments, which are economic hedges, and are recorded through COGS within Unallocated. As the exposure we are managing is realized, we reclassify the gain or loss to the segment in which the underlying exposure resides, allowing our segments to realize the economic effects of the derivatives without the resulting unrealized mark-to-market volatility. We also use underlying COGS per hectoliter, as well as the year over year change in such metric, as a key metric for analyzing our results. This metric is calculated as underlying COGS divided by financial volume for the respective period.
Underlying MG&A (Closest GAAP Metric: MG&A) – Measure of the Company’s MG&A expense excluding the impact of certain non-GAAP adjustment items (as defined above). Underlying net income (loss) attributable to MCBC (Closest GAAP Metric: Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC) – Measure of net income (loss) attributable to MCBC excluding the impact of income (loss) before income tax non-GAAP adjustment items (as defined above), adjustments to the carrying value of redeemable noncontrolling interests resulting from subsequent changes in the redemption value of such interests, the related tax effects of non-GAAP adjustment items and certain other discrete tax items. Underlying net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per diluted share (also referred to as Underlying Diluted Earnings per Share) (Closest GAAP Metric: Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per diluted share) – Measure of underlying net income (loss) attributable to MCBC (as defined above) per diluted share. If applicable, a reported net loss attributable to MCBC per diluted share is calculated using the basic share count due to dilutive shares being antidilutive. If underlying net income (loss) attributable to MCBC becomes income excluding the impact of our non-GAAP adjustment items, we include the incremental dilutive shares, using the treasury stock method, into the dilutive shares outstanding. Underlying effective tax rate (Closest GAAP Metric: Effective Tax Rate) – Measure of the Company’s effective tax rate excluding the related tax impact of pre-tax non-GAAP adjustment items (as defined above) and certain other discrete tax items. Discrete tax items include certain significant tax audit and prior year reserve adjustments, impact of significant tax legislation and tax rate changes and significant non-recurring and period specific tax items. Underlying free cash flow (Closest GAAP Metric: Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities) – Measure of the Company’s operating cash flow calculated as Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Operating Activities less Additions to property, plant and equipment and excluding the pre-tax cash flow impact of certain non-GAAP adjustment items (as defined above). We consider underlying free cash flow an important measure of our ability to generate cash, grow our business and enhance shareholder value, driven by core operations and after adjusting for non-GAAP adjustment items, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods, book value of assets and capital structure. Underlying depreciation and amortization (Closest GAAP Metric: Depreciation & Amortization) – Measure of the Company’s depreciation and amortization excluding the impact of non-GAAP adjustment items (as defined above). These adjustments primarily consist of accelerated depreciation or amortization taken related to the Company’s strategic exit or restructuring activities. Net debt and net debt to underlying earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization ("underlying EBITDA") (Closest GAAP Metrics: Cash, Debt, & Net Income (Loss)) – Measure of the Company’s leverage calculated as net debt (defined as current portion of long-term debt and short-term borrowings plus long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents) divided by the trailing twelve month underlying EBITDA. Underlying EBITDA is calculated as Net income (loss) excluding Interest expense (income), net, Income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization and the impact of non-GAAP adjustment items (as defined above). Effective January 1, 2025, on a prospective basis, Underlying EBITDA excludes amortization of cloud-based software implementation costs. This measure is not the same as the Company’s maximum leverage ratio as defined under its revolving credit facility, which allows for other adjustments in the calculation of net debt to EBITDA. Constant currency - Constant currency is a non-GAAP measure utilized to measure performance, excluding the impact of translational and certain transactional foreign currency movements, and is intended to be indicative of results in local currency. As we operate in various foreign countries where the local currency may strengthen or weaken significantly versus the U.S. dollar or other currencies used in operations, we utilize a constant currency measure as an additional metric to evaluate the underlying performance of each business without consideration of foreign currency movements. We present all percentage changes for net sales, underlying COGS, underlying MG&A and underlying income (loss) before income taxes in constant currency and calculate the impact of foreign exchange by translating our current period local currency results (that also include the impact of the comparable prior period currency hedging activities) at the average exchange rates during the respective period throughout the year used to translate the financial statements in the comparable prior year period. The result is the current period results in U.S. dollars, as if foreign exchange rates had not changed from the prior year period. Additionally, we exclude any transactional foreign currency impacts, reported within the other non-operating income (expense), net line item, from our current period results. Our guidance or long-term targets for any of the measures noted above are also non-GAAP financial measures that exclude or otherwise have been adjusted for non-GAAP adjustment items from our U.S. GAAP financial statements. When we provide guidance or long-term targets for any of the various non-GAAP metrics described above, we do not provide reconciliations of the U.S. GAAP measures as we are unable to predict with a reasonable degree of certainty the actual impact of the non-GAAP adjustment items. By their very nature, non-GAAP adjustment items are difficult to anticipate with precision because they are generally associated with unexpected and unplanned events that impact our Company and its financial results. Therefore, we are unable to provide a reconciliation of these measures without unreasonable efforts.
RECONCILIATION TO NEAREST U.S. GAAP MEASURES
Reconciliation by Line Item
(In millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended June 30, 2026
Cost of goods sold
Marketing, general and administrative expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC
Diluted earnings per share
Reported (U.S. GAAP)
$
(2,033.2
)
$
(718.5
)
$
283.1
$
231.7
$
1.23
Non-GAAP adjustments (pre-tax)
Restructuring(1)
—
—
7.3
7.2
0.04
(Gains) and losses on disposals and other operating expense (income)(2)
—
—
9.3
9.3
0.05
Unrealized mark-to-market (gains) losses
91.0
—
91.0
91.0
0.48
Other items(3)
—
—
(7.5
)
(7.5
)
(0.04
)
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments and other discrete tax items
—
—
—
(24.3
)
(0.13
)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest adjustments
—
—
—
(10.8
)
(0.06
)
Underlying (Non-GAAP)
$
(1,942.2
)
$
(718.5
)
$
383.2
$
296.6
1.58
(1) During the fourth quarter of 2025, we announced the Americas Restructuring Plan designed to create a leaner, more agile Americas segment while advancing our ability to reinvest in the business and position us for future growth. The plan resulted in $0.7 million of employee-related charges recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2026. These actions are substantially complete and any remaining future charges are expected to be immaterial.
During the first quarter of 2026, we committed to various cost savings actions designed to optimize our supply chain within the Americas segment, which resulted in restructuring charges including accelerated depreciation in excess of normal depreciation charges of $3.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026. We anticipate additional charges related to these committed actions to be approximately $10 million to $15 million, with the majority of these charges to be recorded during the remainder of 2026 as well as in 2027.
Also during the first quarter of 2026, we committed to various restructuring actions in the EMEA&APAC segment, including the closure of a small brewery in the U.K. by the end of 2026, alongside other operational changes designed to unlock efficiencies as well as modernize and simplify the EMEA&APAC segment to fund growth. During the three months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded employee-related charges of $0.3 million as well as accelerated depreciation in excess of normal depreciation charges of $2.5 million related to these actions. We anticipate additional charges related to these committed actions to be approximately $3 million to $8 million, with the majority of these charges to be recorded during the remainder of 2026.
(2) During the second quarter of 2026, we made the decision to exit a brand in our Americas segment and, as a result, recorded $8.1 million of accelerated amortization of the brand intangible.
(3) During the first quarter of 2025, our Americas segment made an investment in Fevertree Drinks plc and holds a minority interest. During the three months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded an unrealized gain of $7.5 million resulting from the change in the fair value of the investment.
(In millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended June 30, 2025
Cost of goods sold
Marketing, general and administrative expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC
Diluted earnings per share
Reported (U.S. GAAP)
$
(1,918.9
)
$
(693.1
)
$
554.9
$
428.7
$
2.13
Non-GAAP adjustments (pre-tax)
Restructuring
—
—
8.6
8.6
0.04
(Gains) and losses on disposals and other operating expense (income)
—
—
0.6
0.6
—
Unrealized mark-to-market (gains) losses
(7.0
)
—
(7.0
)
(7.0
)
(0.03
)
Other items(1)
—
(0.1
)
(25.6
)
(25.6
)
(0.13
)
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments and other discrete tax items
—
—
—
6.0
0.03
Redeemable noncontrolling interest adjustments
—
—
—
1.0
—
Underlying (Non-GAAP)
$
(1,925.9
)
$
(693.2
)
$
531.5
$
412.3
$
2.05
(In millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)
For the six months ended June 30, 2026
Cost of goods sold
Marketing, general and administrative expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per diluted share(5)
Reported (U.S. GAAP)
$
(3,487.1
)
$
(1,328.5
)
$
477.8
$
383.0
$
2.03
Non-GAAP adjustments (pre-tax)
Restructuring(1)
—
—
38.4
38.3
0.20
(Gains) and losses on disposals and other operating expense (income)(2)
—
—
10.3
10.3
0.05
Unrealized mark-to-market (gains) losses
1.8
—
1.8
1.8
0.01
Other items(3)
—
—
2.8
2.8
0.01
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments and other discrete tax items
—
—
—
(13.1
)
(0.07
)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest adjustments
—
—
—
(9.0
)
(0.05
)
Underlying (Non-GAAP)
$
(3,485.3
)
$
(1,328.5
)
$
531.1
$
414.1
2.20
(1) During the fourth quarter of 2025, we announced the Americas Restructuring Plan designed to create a leaner, more agile Americas segment while advancing our ability to reinvest in the business and position us for future growth. The plan resulted in $5.1 million of employee-related charges recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2026. The cumulative restructuring charges recorded through June 30, 2026 related to the Americas Restructuring Plan were $33.8 million. These actions are substantially complete and any remaining future charges are expected to be immaterial.
During the first quarter of 2026, we committed to various cost savings actions designed to optimize our supply chain within the Americas segment, which resulted in restructuring charges including accelerated depreciation in excess of normal depreciation charges of $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. We anticipate additional charges related to these committed actions to be approximately $10 million to $15 million, with the majority of these charges to be recorded during the remainder of 2026 as well as in 2027.
Also during the first quarter of 2026, we committed to various restructuring actions in the EMEA&APAC segment, including the closure of a small brewery in the U.K. by the end of 2026, alongside other operational changes designed to unlock efficiencies as well as modernize and simplify the EMEA&APAC segment to fund growth. During the six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded employee-related charges of $15.3 million as well as accelerated depreciation in excess of normal depreciation charges of $5.0 million. We anticipate additional charges related to these committed actions to be approximately $3 million to $8 million, with the majority of these charges to be recorded during the remainder of 2026.
(2) During the second quarter of 2026, we made the decision to exit a brand in our Americas segment and, as a result, recorded $8.1 million of accelerated amortization of the brand intangible.
(3) During the first quarter of 2025, our Americas segment made an investment in Fevertree Drinks plc and holds a minority interest. During the six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded an unrealized loss of $2.9 million resulting from the change in the fair value of the investment.
(In millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)
For the six months ended June 30, 2025
Cost of goods sold
Marketing, general and administrative expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC
Net income (loss) attributable to MCBC per diluted share
Reported (U.S. GAAP)
$
(3,372.1
)
$
(1,346.3
)
$
711.2
$
549.7
$
2.71
Non-GAAP adjustments (pre-tax)
Restructuring(1)
—
—
28.0
28.0
0.14
(Gains) and losses on disposals and other operating expense (income)
—
—
0.6
0.6
—
Unrealized mark-to-market (gains) losses
(25.7
)
—
(25.7
)
(25.7
)
(0.13
)
Other items(2)
—
(0.2
)
(51.5
)
(51.5
)
(0.25
)
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments and other discrete tax items
—
—
—
11.9
0.06
Redeemable noncontrolling interest adjustments
—
—
—
1.0
—
Underlying (Non-GAAP)
$
(3,397.8
)
$
(1,346.5
)
$
662.6
$
514.0
$
2.54
Reconciliation to Underlying (Non-GAAP) Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes by Segment
(In millions) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended June 30, 2026
Americas
EMEA&APAC
Unallocated
Consolidated
U.S. GAAP Income (loss) before income taxes
$
390.1
$
37.9
$
(144.9
)
$
283.1
Cost of goods sold(1)
—
—
91.0
91.0
Other non-GAAP adjustment items(2)
6.0
3.1
—
9.1
Total non-GAAP adjustment items
$
6.0
$
3.1
$
91.0
$
100.1
Underlying (Non-GAAP) income (loss) before income taxes
$
396.1
$
41.0
$
(53.9
)
$
383.2
(In millions) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended June 30, 2025
Americas
EMEA&APAC
Unallocated
Consolidated
U.S. GAAP Income (loss) before income taxes
$
538.2
$
64.8
$
(48.1
)
$
554.9
Cost of goods sold(1)
—
—
(7.0
)
(7.0
)
Marketing, general & administrative
(0.1
)
—
—
(0.1
)
Other non-GAAP adjustment items(2)
(23.9
)
7.6
—
(16.3
)
Total non-GAAP adjustment items
$
(24.0
)
$
7.6
$
(7.0
)
$
(23.4
)
Underlying (Non-GAAP) income (loss) before income taxes
$
514.2
$
72.4
$
(55.1
)
$
531.5
(In millions) (Unaudited)
For the six months ended June 30, 2026
Americas
EMEA&APAC
Unallocated
Consolidated
U.S. GAAP Income (loss) before income taxes
$
597.5
$
(13.8
)
$
(105.9
)
$
477.8
Cost of goods sold(1)
—
—
1.8
1.8
Other non-GAAP adjustment items(2)
29.4
$
22.1
$
—
51.5
Total non-GAAP adjustment items
$
29.4
$
22.1
$
1.8
$
53.3
Underlying (Non-GAAP) income (loss) before income taxes
$
626.9
$
8.3
$
(104.1
)
$
531.1
(In millions) (Unaudited)
For the six months ended June 30, 2025
Americas
EMEA&APAC
Unallocated
Consolidated
U.S. GAAP Income (loss) before income taxes
$
747.5
$
45.6
$
(81.9
)
$
711.2
Cost of goods sold(1)
—
—
(25.7
)
(25.7
)
Marketing, general & administrative
(0.2
)
—
—
(0.2
)
Other non-GAAP adjustment items(2)
(30.3
)
7.6
—
(22.7
)
Total non-GAAP adjustment items
$
(30.5
)
$
7.6
$
(25.7
)
$
(48.6
)
Underlying (Non-GAAP) income (loss) before income taxes
$
717.0
$
53.2
$
(107.6
)
$
662.6
Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation
(Unaudited)
For the three months ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
U.S. GAAP Effective Tax Rate
22 %
24 %
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustment items and discrete tax items(1)
— %
(1) %
Underlying (Non-GAAP) Effective Tax Rate
22 %
23 %
Underlying (Non-GAAP) Depreciation and Amortization Reconciliation
(In millions) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
U.S. GAAP depreciation and amortization
$
192.0
$
170.1
$
377.7
$
350.4
Accelerated depreciation(1)
(6.0
)
—
(15.1
)
(17.9
)
Accelerated amortization(2)
(8.8
)
—
(8.8
)
—
Underlying (Non-GAAP) depreciation and amortization
$
177.2
$
170.1
$
353.8
$
332.5
(1) During the first quarter of 2026, we committed to various restructuring actions in the EMEA&APAC segment, including the closure of a small brewery in the U.K. by the end of 2026, alongside other operational changes designed to unlock efficiencies as well as modernize and simplify the EMEA&APAC segment to fund growth. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded accelerated depreciation in excess of normal depreciation charges of $2.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively, related to these actions.
During the first quarter of 2026, we committed to various cost savings actions designed to optimize our supply chain within the Americas segment. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded accelerated depreciation in excess of normal depreciation charges of $3.5 million and $10.1 million, respectively, related to these actions.
During the third quarter of 2024, we made the decision to wind down or sell certain U.S. craft businesses and related facilities within the Americas segment. As a result, we recorded employee-related and asset abandonment charges, including accelerated depreciation in excess of normal depreciation of $17.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025.
(2) During the second quarter of 2026, we made the decision to exit a brand in our Americas segment and, as a result, recorded $8.1 million of accelerated amortization of the brand intangible.
Underlying (Non-GAAP) Free Cash Flow
(In millions) (Unaudited)
For the six months ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
U.S. GAAP Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Operating Activities
$
820.4
$
627.6
Additions to property, plant and equipment, net(1)
(335.2
)
(400.6
)
Cash impact of non-GAAP adjustment items(2)
28.6
66.5
Underlying (Non-GAAP) Free Cash Flow
$
513.8
$
293.5
Net Debt (Non-GAAP) and Net Debt (Non-GAAP) to Underlying (Non-GAAP) EBITDA Ratio
(In millions except net debt (Non-GAAP) to underlying (Non-GAAP) EBITDA ratio) (Unaudited)
As of
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
U.S. GAAP Current portion of long-term debt and short-term borrowings
$
2,037.1
$
62.3
Add: Long-term debt
5,672.5
6,257.0
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
2,128.1
613.8
Net debt (Non-GAAP)
5,581.5
5,705.5
Q2 Underlying EBITDA
624.6
763.9
Q1 Underlying EBITDA
386.0
353.3
Q4 Underlying EBITDA
532.7
558.5
Q3 Underlying EBITDA
665.4
692.3
Underlying (Non-GAAP) EBITDA(1)
$
2,208.7
$
2,368.0
Net debt (Non-GAAP) to underlying (Non-GAAP) EBITDA ratio
2.53
2.41
Underlying (Non-GAAP) EBITDA Reconciliation
($ in millions) (Unaudited)
For the three months ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
U.S. GAAP Net income (loss)
$
221.6
$
424.3
Interest expense (income), net
60.5
58.5
Income tax expense (benefit)
61.5
130.6
Depreciation and amortization
192.0
170.1
Amortization of cloud computing arrangements
3.8
3.8
Non-GAAP adjustments to arrive at underlying (non-GAAP) EBITDA(1)
Amazon zvýšil odhad kapitálových výdajů na 220 miliard USD kvůli vyšším nákladům na paměti, ale Micron po výsledcích klesl o 5,9 % mezi 30. a 31. červencem.
In Amazon's 2026 second-quarter earnings call on July 30, CEO Andy Jassy forecast that capital expenditures would likely reach $220 billion for the year. That's up from a previously expected $200 billion, which was attributed to higher memory costs.
Still, Jassy said that increasing spending on artificial intelligence (AI) infrastructure may not be enough to keep up with demand:
Even at that amount, we will still not have enough capacity to meet all the demand we have in 2026, and I believe this dynamic will also be true in 2027, too. In fact, the demand we already have for 2028 is striking.
Seemingly, that would be good news for Micron Technology (MU +0.06%), as its high bandwidth memory offerings play a key role in AI infrastructure, showing that even at higher prices, demand is likely to remain strong.
The Micron stock price, however, didn't benefit after Amazon reported earnings, dipping 5.9% from $874.66 on July 30 to $823.03 on July 31.
Image source: The Motley Fool.
Why the Amazon news didn't move the needle The most likely reason Amazon's increase in capital expenditures didn't help Micron's stock price was that the stock had already rallied, climbing 18.3% from the July 29 closing price of $739 to the July 30 closing price of $874.66. What helped was Samsung Electronics' announcement that strong earnings and forecasted memory chip shortages would persist through 2028.
Broadly, that was bullish news for Micron, which had been suffering a sell-off alongside the rest of the memory chip sector before Samsung's earnings announcement.
In the background, what could also have been weighing on sentiment around Micron is interest rate hikes. The Federal Open Market Committee decided to leave interest rates unchanged on July 29, but three members dissented and favored a quarter-point rate hike. Some investors may have started selling their tech stocks in anticipation of future rate hikes.
Finally, when Micron's shares shot up more than 18% on July 30 and regained some ground, there may have been some profit-taking on July 31. As of this writing, over the last 12 months, the Micron stock price is up more than 660%.
Today's Change
(
0.06
%) $
0.52
Current Price
$
893.19
Micron's business model is shifting Despite the boon AI has been for Micron, there are still fears that, when supply catches up with demand, Micron and other memory stocks will return to a cyclical boom-or-bust pattern.
In that regard, supply is still not expected to catch up to demand until at least 2028. But if that milestone arrives earlier than anticipated, Micron is preparing itself. The company is locking in long-term deals, which may impact margins but offer more predictable cash flow. In Micron's fiscal 2026 Q3 earnings call, it announced that it had signed 16 strategic customer agreements and had $22 billion in cash deposits and related financial commitments.
Micron may still have a few more years with higher margins for its memory and storage offerings, as supply isn't expected to catch up with demand any time soon. Despite the recent sell-off, Micron is likely to continue to do well over the next two years. After that, however, there may be an adjustment period as it shifts to more reliable revenue with lower margins through long-term contracts.
Ultimately, an investment in Micron depends more on the deals it's locking in for long-term revenue, on whether it executes on becoming less known for cyclical results, and on whether the market appreciates its business model shift.
Amundi decreased its holdings in shares of HDFC Bank Limited (NYSE:HDB – Free Report) by 41.3% during the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The fund owned 212,792 shares of the bank’s stock after selling 149,728 shares during the period. Amundi’s holdings in HDFC Bank were worth $5,294,000 as of its most recent SEC filing.
A number of other large investors have also recently made changes to their positions in the business. Larson Financial Group LLC increased its holdings in HDFC Bank by 90.4% during the 3rd quarter. Larson Financial Group LLC now owns 849 shares of the bank’s stock worth $29,000 after purchasing an additional 403 shares in the last quarter. Bell Investment Advisors Inc boosted its position in shares of HDFC Bank by 260.9% during the first quarter. Bell Investment Advisors Inc now owns 1,386 shares of the bank’s stock valued at $34,000 after buying an additional 1,002 shares during the last quarter. Pin Oak Investment Advisors Inc. boosted its position in shares of HDFC Bank by 100.0% during the third quarter. Pin Oak Investment Advisors Inc. now owns 996 shares of the bank’s stock valued at $34,000 after buying an additional 498 shares during the last quarter. Caitong International Asset Management Co. Ltd bought a new stake in HDFC Bank during the third quarter worth $43,000. Finally, BOCHK Asset Management Ltd grew its holdings in HDFC Bank by 125.0% during the fourth quarter. BOCHK Asset Management Ltd now owns 1,800 shares of the bank’s stock worth $66,000 after buying an additional 1,000 shares in the last quarter. 17.61% of the stock is owned by institutional investors.
HDFC Bank Stock Down 0.0% HDFC Bank stock opened at $23.88 on Thursday. The firm has a 50 day moving average price of $24.73 and a 200-day moving average price of $27.13. HDFC Bank Limited has a twelve month low of $22.66 and a twelve month high of $38.29. The company has a market capitalization of $121.82 billion, a P/E ratio of 14.05, a P/E/G ratio of 1.13 and a beta of 0.65.
HDFC Bank (NYSE:HDB – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings results on Saturday, July 18th. The bank reported $0.40 EPS for the quarter, topping analysts’ consensus estimates of $0.38 by $0.02. HDFC Bank had a net margin of 15.96% and a return on equity of 11.84%. The company had revenue of $9.01 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $5 billion. Equities analysts expect that HDFC Bank Limited will post 1.67 EPS for the current fiscal year.
Wall Street Analysts Forecast Growth Several equities analysts have weighed in on HDB shares. Zacks Research upgraded HDFC Bank from a “strong sell” rating to a “hold” rating in a research note on Friday, July 17th. Wall Street Zen lowered shares of HDFC Bank from a “hold” rating to a “sell” rating in a research note on Saturday, July 18th. Finally, Weiss Ratings upgraded shares of HDFC Bank from a “sell (d+)” rating to a “hold (c-)” rating in a report on Monday, July 20th. Two investment analysts have rated the stock with a Hold rating, Based on data from MarketBeat.com, the stock has a consensus rating of “Hold”.
Get Our Latest Report on HDB
HDFC Bank Company Profile (Free Report)
HDFC Bank Limited is one of India’s leading private sector banks, headquartered in Mumbai. Incorporated in 1994 and promoted by Housing Development Finance Corporation (HDFC), the bank provides a full range of banking and financial services to retail, small and medium-sized enterprises, and corporate customers. It is publicly listed and also accessible to international investors through American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol HDB.
The bank’s core activities include retail banking (deposit accounts, personal loans, home loans, auto loans, and credit cards), commercial and corporate banking (working capital finance, term lending, trade finance and treasury services), and transaction banking (cash management and payment solutions).
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than HDFC Bank SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth
Receive News & Ratings for HDFC Bank Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for HDFC Bank and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEArkadios Wealth Advisors Purchases 38,961 Shares of Vodafone Group PLC $VOD
NEXT HEADLINE »Archer Investment Management LLC Increases Position in Vanguard S&P 500 ETF $VOO
ETF MSTU, zaměřený na 2× denní pohyb MSTR, za rok klesl z 74,90 USD na 1,91 USD. Za stejné období MSTR klesl o 74,91 %, zatímco MSTU o 97,45 % kvůli dennímu přepočtu a volatilitě.
A year ago, T-Rex 2x Long MSTR Daily Target ETF (CBOE:MSTU) traded at $74.90. On Tuesday it closed at $1.91. A $10,000 stake put in the 2x MicroStrategy ETF on August 4, 2025 is worth roughly $255 today, a 97.45% wipeout.
The stock it tracks, Strategy (NASDAQ:MSTR | MSTR Price Prediction), formerly MicroStrategy, fell 74.91% over the same stretch. That gap between the underlying and the fund is the whole story of leveraged ETFs, and MSTU is now a case study.
What MSTU Actually Is MSTU is a Tuttle Capital product designed to deliver two times the daily price move of Strategy (MSTR), the Bitcoin treasury company run by CEO Phong Le that owns 846,000 BTC as of the Q2 2026 report. The fund uses swaps rather than owning shares directly, which is why its holdings file shows a stack of long and short STRATEGY INC derivative positions rather than plain equity. Net assets sit at $525.4 million as of the May 31, 2026 NPORT filing, with total gross exposure of roughly $1.62 billion against $1.09 billion in liabilities, the fingerprint of a leveraged wrapper.
MSTR itself is a beast to model. Its beta is 3.555, its 52-week range runs from $81.81 to $414.36, and its TTM EPS is negative $102.07. Doubling that daily is not for the faint of heart.
The Decay Math, in Dollars A clean 2x fund, held for a year against a stock that fell 74.91%, would in theory be capped near a 100% loss. MSTU got most of the way there. But look at the year-to-date print: MSTR is down 35.74% in 2026, while MSTU is down 77.02%. That is meaningfully worse than a straight 2x, and the reason is volatility decay.
Because MSTU resets its exposure every single day, a down 5% day followed by an up 5% day leaves the underlying at 99.75, but leaves a 2x fund at roughly 99.00. Repeat that pattern through a stock with a 3.555 beta and a Bitcoin-driven price engine, and the drag compounds hard. Direxion’s own prospectus math on a comparable 2x product shows the effect concretely: at 40% annualized volatility, a 2x fund would be expected to lose approximately 15% over a year even if the underlying finished flat. MSTR’s realized volatility this year has run well above that.
The Bitcoin Wildcard Strategy’s Q2 2026 report, filed July 30, 2026, showed an $8.22 billion net loss driven almost entirely by an $8.32 billion unrealized loss on digital assets. Revenue was $122.37 million, up 6.9% year over year, but the software business is now a rounding error against a Bitcoin balance sheet with a cost basis of $63.9 billion. CEO Phong Le told investors, “In the second quarter of 2026, Strategy strengthened its balance sheet while navigating a meaningful bitcoin price decline.”
That is a polite description of what a MSTU holder just lived through. When Bitcoin moves, MSTR moves harder, and MSTU moves harder still. The March 2026 VIX spike to 31.05 maps cleanly to the ugliest stretch of MSTU’s chart.
Where MSTU Actually Fits MSTU is a specific tool built for a specific job. Leveraged ETFs are designed to reset daily and to be used as short-term trading vehicles; holding one for months, particularly through a choppy market, can produce returns far away from the headline 2x multiple. Traders use MSTU to press a directional MSTR view over a session or two without touching options, and on a good day the fund does exactly what it says: MSTU is up 1.60% this past week against MSTR’s 1.55%. Clean daily 2x.
The problem is the calendar. Stretch that same week into a year and the arithmetic of daily resets, combined with MSTR’s Bitcoin-linked whipsaws, quietly eats the position alive.
What to Watch Next Bitcoin sentiment is the whole ballgame. With MSTR at $97.38, well below its $156.81 200-day moving average, and analyst consensus still at a $257.50 target price, the setup is loaded in both directions. Watch the VIX (currently 16.50), Bitcoin’s next move, and whether MSTU’s board pursues a reverse split now that shares trade under $2. For a fund built for one day at a time, the next day is the only one that has ever mattered.
Contact [email protected] for any questions or corrections.
Xperi Inc. (XPER) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 5:00 PM EDT
Company Participants
Jon Kirchner - President, CEO & Director
Robert Andersen - Chief Financial Officer
Conference Call Participants
Samuel Levenson - Arbor Advisory Group, LLC
Jason Kreyer - Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC, Research Division
Matthew Galinko - Maxim Group LLC, Research Division
David Storms - Stonegate Capital Partners, Inc., Research Division
Hamed Khorsand - BWS Financial Inc.
Presentation
Operator
Good day, everyone, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Xperi Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]
I would now like to turn the call over to Sam Levenson from Arbor Advisory Group. Sam, please go ahead.
Samuel Levenson
Arbor Advisory Group, LLC
Good afternoon, and thank you for joining us as Xperi reports its second quarter 2026 financial results. With me on today's call are Jon Kirchner, Chief Executive Officer; and Robert Andersen, Chief Financial Officer. In addition to today's earnings release, there is an earnings presentation on our Investor Relations website at investor.xperi.com. We encourage you to download the presentation and follow along with today's commentary.
Before we begin, I would like to provide a few reminders. First, I would like to note that unless otherwise stated, all comparisons are to the same period in the prior year. Second, today's discussion contains forward-looking statements about our anticipated business and financial performance as well as market and industry dynamics that are predictions, projections or other statements about future events, which are based on management's current expectations and beliefs and therefore, subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in circumstances.
For more information on the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from what we discuss today, please refer to the Risk Factors and MD&A sections in our SEC filings, including our Form 10-K for
Odvětví těžby neželezných kovů zůstává pod tlakem vysokých nákladů, nedostatku pracovníků a problémů v dodavatelském řetězci. Poptávku ale dál podporuje energetická transformace.
The prospects of the Zacks Mining - Non Ferrous industry remain challenged amid inflated costs, labor shortages and supply-chain issues. However, the demand for non-ferrous metals is expected to be supported by the energy-transition trend, which should buoy the industry.
Against this backdrop, we suggest keeping an eye on companies like Southern Copper Corp., Freeport-McMoRan Inc., Lundin Mining Corp., Energy Fuels and Ero Copper. These companies are poised to gain from their endeavors to build reserves and control costs while investing in technology and improving production efficiency.
About the IndustryThe Zacks Mining - Non Ferrous industry comprises companies that produce non-ferrous metals, including copper, gold, silver, cobalt, molybdenum, zinc, aluminum and uranium. These metals are used by various industries, including aerospace, automotive, packaging, construction, machinery, electronics, transportation, jewelry, chemical and nuclear energy. Mining is a long, complex and capital-intensive process.
The actual mining operations are preceded by significant exploration and development to evaluate the size of the deposit. The process is followed by the assessment of ways to extract and process the ores efficiently, safely and responsibly. Miners seek opportunities to grow their reserves and resources through targeted near-mine exploration and business development. They strive to upgrade and improve the quality of their existing assets internally and through acquisitions.
What's Shaping the Future of the Mining - Non Ferrous Industry?Favorable Metal Price Trends Drive Growth: Copper futures are currently above $6.60 per pound, near record highs and up 50.7% in a year, supported by tight global supply and strong demand. Imports to the United States have surged, ahead of an expected decision by the Trump administration on copper import tariffs. Global copper inventories have declined as shipments to China have risen to ease a domestic supply shortage.
Copper also remained supported by its strong long-term demand outlook, driven by the global transition to clean energy and the rapid expansion of Artificial Intelligence data centers. Gold prices are gaining and approaching $4,200 per ounce as prospects of cooling U.S-Iran tensions have eased inflation concerns and lowered expectations of interest rate hikes. Gold prices are up 23.4% in a year. This has also led to recent gains in silver, with prices at around $61 an ounce, up 61.7% in a year. Uranium futures are around $85 per pound, up 20.8% in a year, backed by long-term nuclear power demand.
Labor Shortage, High Costs Remain Worrisome: The industry has been facing a shortage of skilled workforce lately, which has hiked wages. Labor-related disputes can be damaging to production and revenues. Industry players are grappling with escalating production costs, including electricity, water and materials, as well as higher freight expenses and supply-chain issues.
Since the industry cannot control the prices of its products, it focuses on improving the sales volume, increasing the operating cash flow and lowering unit net cash costs. Industry participants are opting for alternate energy sources to minimize fuel-price volatility and secure supply. Miners are now committed to cost-reduction strategies and digital innovation to drive operating efficiencies.
Long-Term Demand Trends Support Growth: Demand for non-ferrous metals is expected to remain robust, driven by their critical role in transportation, infrastructure, renewable energy, telecommunications and technology. Growth in electric vehicles, clean energy projects and infrastructure upgrades is expected to support demand for metals such as copper and nickel. Uranium demand is gaining momentum as countries prioritize carbon reduction, electrification and rising power needs from AI and data centers.
Rare earth elements are becoming increasingly important due to their use in EVs, wind turbines, robotics, electronics and defense applications. Silver demand is also benefiting from industrial uses, particularly solar energy, while digitalization and AI are creating additional growth opportunities. Gold continues to benefit from its safe-haven appeal, rising central bank purchases and increasing demand from technology, healthcare and energy applications.
Zacks Industry Rank Indicates Bleak ProspectsThe group’s Zacks Industry Rank, which is basically the average of the Zacks Rank of all the member stocks, indicates dull prospects for the near term. The Zacks Mining - Non Ferrous industry, a nine-stock group within the broader Zacks Basic Materials Sector, currently carries a Zacks Industry Rank #185, which places it in the bottom 24% of 245 Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than two to one.
Before we present a few stocks that you may want to consider for your portfolio, let us look at the industry’s recent stock-market performance and its valuation picture.
Industry Versus S&P 500 & SectorThe Zacks Mining- Non Ferrous Industry has outperformed its sector and the Zacks S&P 500 composite over the past 12 months. The stocks in this industry have collectively gained 63.4% in the past year compared with the Zacks Basic Materials sector’s growth of 23.2%. The S&P 500 has risen 23.8% in the said time frame.
Industry's Current ValuationBased on the trailing 12-month EV/EBITDA ratio, a commonly used multiple for valuing Mining- Non Ferrous stocks, we see that the industry is currently trading at 13.73X compared with the S&P 500’s 17.59X. The Basic Materials sector’s trailing 12-month EV/EBITDA is 12.91X.
Over the past three years, the industry has traded as high as 17.84X and as low as 3.95X, the median being 9.34X.
5 Mining - Non Ferrous Stocks to Keep an Eye OnEnergy Fuels: The company is expanding its uranium operations while building a presence in the rare earth element (REE) market, backed by its solid balance sheet. The company is pursuing strategic acquisitions to broaden its resource base, strengthen its position across the rare earth value chain and diversify revenue streams.
The planned acquisition of Australian Strategic Materials is expected to enhance its capabilities in REE metals and alloys, while that of Germany-based VAC Group will make it a fully integrated rare earths and magnetics company. Its uranium growth strategy is supported by projects such as Nichols Ranch ISR and Whirlwind, which could collectively add up to 500,000 pounds of annual uranium production. Additionally, the Roca Honda, Bullfrog and Sheep Mountain projects hold nearly 70 million pounds of uranium resources, providing long-term growth potential.
Construction is underway on an expansion of its White Mesa Mill in Utah, which currently has the capacity to produce up to 1,000 tonnes per annum (tpa) of separated NdPr oxide. The expansion will enable production of key heavy rare earth oxides, including terbium, dysprosium, samarium, europium and gadolinium, catering to demand from the automotive, robotics, data center, energy and defense sectors. By 2029, the company plans to further expand capacity to 6,294 tpa of NdPr oxide, 80 tpa of terbium oxide and 288 tpa of dysprosium oxide.
The Zacks Consensus Estimate for UUUU’s earnings for fiscal 2026 has remained unchanged over the past 60 days and is currently pegged at a loss of 14 cents per share. It suggests an improvement from the loss of 38 cents reported a year ago. The Lakewood, CO-based company currently carries a Zacks Rank #2 (Buy).
You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.
Lundin Mining: The company’s strategic vision is to become a top-ten global copper producer. It has set a long-term target to reach annual production of more than 500,000 tonnes of copper and 550,000 ounces of gold. This will be aided by successful execution of expansion opportunities at Candelaria, Caserones and Chapada as well as development for the Vicuña district. Lundin Mining holds a 50% interest in the Vicuña Project, comprised of the Filo del Sol and Josemaria deposits.
The recently published integrated technical report outlines it as a Tier 1 asset that has the potential to rank among the top five copper, gold, and silver mines globally once in production. The company continues to advance the project in preparation for a sanctioning decision by the end of the year.
The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Vancouver, Canada-based LUNMF’s fiscal 2026 earnings indicates a year-over-year improvement of 67.5%. The estimate has moved up 13.6% over the past 60 days. It has a long-term estimated earnings growth rate of 18.4%. The company currently carries a Zacks Rank of 2.
Southern Copper: The company has the largest copper reserve in the industry and operates world-class assets in investment-grade countries, such as Mexico and Peru. SCCO expects to produce 917,000 tons of copper in 2026. Southern Copper expects to take this up to roughly 1.6 million tons by 2035, implying a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 5.3% from 2025 levels.
To support this growth plan, the company intends to invest more than $20.5 billion over the next decade, with the bulk of the capital allocated to projects in Peru. Key growth catalysts include the Tía María, Los Chancas and Michiquillay projects in Peru, along with El Pilar and El Arco in Mexico, all of which underpin SCCO’s long-term expansion pipeline. Given its constant commitment to increasing low-cost production and growth investments, SCCO is well-poised to continue delivering an enhanced performance.
The Zacks Consensus Estimate for the Phoenix, AZ-based company’s fiscal 2026 earnings indicates year-over-year growth of 45.6%. The estimate has moved up 5.2% over the past 60 days. The company has a trailing four-quarter earnings surprise of 6.3%, on average. SCCO has a long-term estimated earnings growth rate of 15.2% and currently carries a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold).
Freeport-McMoRan: The company remains well-positioned for growth, supported by its high-quality copper assets, large reserve base and strong organic expansion opportunities in the United States. Its organic project pipeline contains the Bagdad expansion, Safford/Lone Star Expansions and the Kucing Liar project. FCX is also deploying the latest technologies and data analytics in its leaching processes across its North America and South America operations.
Incremental copper production from these initiatives totaled 214 million pounds in 2025. The company is targeting an annual run rate of 300 million pounds by this year-end and subsequently 800 million pounds annually by 2030. In addition, FCX is leveraging automation, new technologies and analytics to enhance operating efficiencies while lowering costs and capital intensity across existing operations and future projects.
The Zacks Consensus Estimate for FCX’s earnings for fiscal 2026 indicates year-over-year growth of 55.4%. The estimate has moved up 8% over the past 60 days. FCX has a trailing four-quarter earnings surprise of 32.6%, on average. It has a long-term estimated earnings growth rate of 36.2%. The Phoenix, AZ-based company currently carries a Zacks Rank of 3.
Ero Copper: The company is unlocking value through organic brownfield projects and optimizations across its operations. At Caraiba, the external shaft project expected in 2027 will provide access to the high-grade “Deep” zone at the Pilar mine, allowing for increased ore production, multiple working areas and reduced ore haulage requirements and costs. At Xavantina, the transition to fully mechanized mining allows for faster underground development rates, enabling increased operational flexibility and ore production while enhancing health and safety initiatives. At Tucumã, continued ramp-up is unlocking production growth.
The company is developing the Furnas Copper-Gold Project in the world-class Carajás mineral province of Pará State, Brazil. Under a five-year earn-in agreement, Ero Copper is responsible for drilling and delivering a scoping study, pre-feasibility study and feasibility study, leading to a potential investment decision. The project benefits from its location in an established mining area with access to paved roads, railways and existing power infrastructure.
The Zacks Consensus Estimate for the Vancouver, Canada-based company’s fiscal 2026 earnings indicates year-over-year growth of 90.6%. The estimate has moved up 2% in the past 60 days. The company has a trailing four-quarter earnings surprise of 8.9%, on average. ERO currently carries a Zacks Rank of 3.
Why Haven't You Looked at Zacks' Top Stocks?Since 2000, our top stock-picking strategies have blown away the S&P's +7.7% average gain per year. Amazingly, they soared with average gains of +48.4%, +50.2% and +56.7% per year.
Today you can access their live picks without cost or obligation.
See Stocks Free >>
Join us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ZacksInvestmentResearch/
Zacks Investment Research is under common control with affiliated entities (including a broker-dealer and an investment adviser), which may engage in transactions involving the foregoing securities for the clients of such affiliates.
Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Inherent in any investment is the potential for loss. This material is being provided for informational purposes only and nothing herein constitutes investment, legal, accounting or tax advice, or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold a security. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. It should not be assumed that any investments in securities, companies, sectors or markets identified and described were or will be profitable. All information is current as of the date of herein and is subject to change without notice. Any views or opinions expressed may not reflect those of the firm as a whole. Zacks Investment Research does not engage in investment banking, market making or asset management activities of any securities. These returns are from hypothetical portfolios consisting of stocks with Zacks Rank = 1 that were rebalanced monthly with zero transaction costs. These are not the returns of actual portfolios of stocks. The S&P 500 is an unmanaged index. Visit https://www.zacks.com/performance for information about the performance numbers displayed in this press release.
Second quarter revenues of $1.415 billion, up 4.5% year-over-year Second quarter GAAP income from operations increased to 10.8% of revenues from 9.3%, and non-GAAP income from operations increased to 16.4% of revenues from 15.0%, on a year-over-year basis Second quarter GAAP diluted EPS of $1.97, an increase of $0.41, or 26.3%, and non-GAAP diluted EPS of $3.38, an increase of $0.61, or 22.0%, on a year-over-year basis Continued to return capital to shareholders, spending $85 million in the second quarter on share repurchases and $409 million since the beginning of the year For the full year, EPAM now expects the year-over-year revenue growth rate to be in the range of 3.2% to 4.2% and now expects the year-over-year revenue growth rate on an organic constant currency basis to be in the range of 2.0% to 3.0% For the full year, EPAM now expects its GAAP diluted EPS to be in the range of $8.22 to $8.38, and non-GAAP diluted EPS to be in the range of $13.08 to $13.24 , /PRNewswire/ -- EPAM Systems, Inc. (NYSE: EPAM), a leading digital and AI transformation company, today announced results for its second quarter ended June 30, 2026.
EPAM reports results for second quarter 2026 "Our second quarter results came in better than expected with continued AI-native momentum and ongoing profitability improvement, reflecting solid execution against our multi-year strategy," said Balazs Fejes, CEO & President, EPAM. "As we continue to expand our strategic partnerships and leverage our 30+ years of engineering DNA to build the next generation forward-deployed engineering organization, our conviction in the strategy, the team and our commercial transformation is high."
Second Quarter 2026 Highlights
Revenues increased to $1.415 billion, a year-over-year increase of $61.3 million, or 4.5%. On an organic constant currency basis, revenues were up 3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2025; GAAP income from operations was $152.2 million, an increase of $25.7 million, or 20.4%, compared to $126.5 million in the second quarter of 2025; Non-GAAP income from operations was $232.7 million, an increase of $29.8 million, or 14.7%, compared to $202.9 million in the second quarter of 2025; Diluted earnings per share ("EPS") on a GAAP basis was $1.97, an increase of $0.41, or 26.3%, compared to $1.56 in the second quarter of 2025; and Non-GAAP diluted EPS was $3.38, an increase of $0.61, or 22.0%, compared to $2.77 in the second quarter of 2025. Cash Flow and Other Metrics
Cash used in operating activities was $38.8 million for the first six months of 2026, compared to cash provided by operating activities of $77.4 million for the first six months of 2025; Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash totaled $794.3 million as of June 30, 2026, a decrease of $507.1 million, or 39.0%, from $1.301 billion as of December 31, 2025; The Company spent $409.0 million on share repurchases during the first six months of 2026 under its share repurchase program, which included $85.0 million during the second quarter; and Total headcount was approximately 62,850 as of June 30, 2026. Included in this number were approximately 56,650 delivery professionals, an increase of 0.3% from March 31, 2026. 2026 Outlook - Full Year and Third Quarter
Full Year
EPAM expects the following for the full year:
The Company now expects the year-over-year revenue growth rate to be in the range of 3.2% to 4.2% for 2026 and now expects the year-over-year revenue growth rate on an organic constant currency basis to be in the range of 2.0% to 3.0%; For the full year, EPAM now expects GAAP income from operations to be in the range of 10.5% to 11.0% of revenues and non-GAAP income from operations to be in the range of 15.5% to 16.0% of revenues; The Company continues to expect its GAAP effective tax rate to be approximately 27% and its non-GAAP effective tax rate to be approximately 24%; and EPAM now expects GAAP diluted EPS to be in the range of $8.22 to $8.38 and non-GAAP diluted EPS to be in the range of $13.08 to $13.24. The Company now expects weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year to be 52.2 million. Third Quarter
EPAM expects the following for the third quarter:
The Company expects revenues will be in the range of $1.410 billion to $1.425 billion for the third quarter, reflecting year-over-year growth of 1.7% at the midpoint of the range. The Company expects the year-over-year revenue growth rate on an organic constant currency basis to be 1.8% at the midpoint of the range; For the third quarter, EPAM expects GAAP income from operations to be in the range of 11.0% to 12.0% of revenues and non-GAAP income from operations to be in the range of 15.5% to 16.5% of revenues; The Company expects its GAAP effective tax rate to be approximately 25% and its non-GAAP effective tax rate to be approximately 24%; and EPAM expects GAAP diluted EPS will be in the range of $2.33 to $2.41 for the quarter, and non-GAAP diluted EPS will be in the range of $3.38 to $3.46 for the quarter. The Company expects weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the quarter to be 51.4 million. Conference Call Information
EPAM will host a conference call to discuss the results on Thursday, August 6, 2026, at 8:00 a.m. ET. The conference call will be available live on the EPAM website at https://investors.epam.com. Please visit the website at least 15 minutes prior to the call to register for the event. For those who cannot access the live webcast, a replay will be available in the Investor Relations section of the website.
About EPAM Systems
EPAM (NYSE:EPAM) is a global leader in AI transformation engineering and integrated consulting, serving Forbes Global 2000 companies and ambitious startups. With over thirty years of expertise in custom software, product and platform engineering, EPAM empowers organizations to become AI-Native enterprises, driving measurable value from innovation and digital investments. Recognized by industry benchmarks and leading analysts as a leader in AI, EPAM delivers globally while engaging locally, making the future real for clients, partners, and employees.
We are proud to be recognized by Forbes, Glassdoor, Newsweek, Time Magazine, Great Place to Work and kununu as a Most Loved Workplace around the world.
Learn more at www.epam.com and follow us on LinkedIn.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
EPAM supplements results reported in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, referred to as GAAP, with non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes these measures help illustrate underlying trends in EPAM's business and uses the measures to establish budgets and operational goals, communicate internally and externally, for managing EPAM's business and evaluating its performance. Management also believes these measures help investors compare EPAM's operating performance with its results in prior periods. EPAM anticipates that it will continue to report both GAAP and certain non-GAAP financial measures in its financial results, including non-GAAP results that exclude stock-based compensation expenses, acquisition-related costs including amortization of acquired intangible assets, impairment of assets, expenses associated with EPAM's humanitarian commitment to its professionals in Ukraine, employee separation costs incurred in connection with restructuring programs, certain other one-time charges and benefits, changes in fair value of contingent consideration, foreign exchange gains and losses, excess tax benefits and tax shortfalls related to stock-based compensation, and the related effect on income taxes of the pre-tax adjustments. Management also compares revenues on an "organic constant currency basis," which is a non-GAAP financial measure. This measure excludes the effect of acquisitions by removing revenues from an acquired company in the twelve months after completing an acquisition and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations by translating current period revenues into U.S. dollars at the weighted average exchange rates of the prior period of comparison. Because EPAM's reported non-GAAP financial measures are not calculated in accordance with GAAP, these measures are not comparable to GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly described non-GAAP measures reported by other companies within EPAM's industry. Consequently, EPAM's non-GAAP financial measures should not be evaluated in isolation or supplant comparable GAAP measures, but rather, should be considered together with the information in EPAM's consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release includes estimates and statements which may constitute forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, the accuracy of which are necessarily subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions as to future events that may not prove to be accurate. Our estimates and forward-looking statements are mainly based on our current expectations and estimates of future events and trends, which affect or may affect our business and operations. These statements may include words such as "may," "will," "should," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "estimate"or similar expressions. Those future events and trends may relate to, among other things, developments relating to the war in Ukraine and escalation of the war in the surrounding region, political and civil unrest or military action in the geographies where we conduct business and operate, difficult conditions in global capital markets, foreign exchange markets, global trade and the broader economy, the adoption and implementation of artificial intelligence technologies by EPAM and its clients, and the effect that these events may have on client demand and our revenues, operations, access to capital, and profitability. Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied include general economic conditions, the risk factors discussed in the Company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and the factors discussed in the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, particularly under the headings "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Risk Factors"and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Although we believe that these estimates and forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to several risks and uncertainties and are made based on information currently available to us. EPAM undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities law.
EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Unaudited)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenues
$ 1,414,767
$ 1,353,443
$ 2,814,828
$ 2,655,135
Operating expenses:
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
985,199
964,012
1,997,251
1,916,020
Selling, general and administrative expenses
245,245
231,681
484,947
450,598
Depreciation and amortization expense
32,101
31,274
63,640
62,711
Income from operations
152,222
126,476
268,990
225,806
Interest and other income (loss), net
(1,821)
3,519
(239)
9,333
Foreign exchange loss
(9,850)
(6,227)
(7,552)
(16,954)
Income before provision for income taxes
140,551
123,768
261,199
218,185
Provision for income taxes
37,572
35,742
75,699
56,677
Net income
$ 102,979
$ 88,026
$ 185,500
$ 161,508
Net income per share:
Basic
$ 1.97
$ 1.56
$ 3.50
$ 2.86
Diluted
$ 1.97
$ 1.56
$ 3.49
$ 2.84
Shares used in calculation of net income per share:
Basic
52,197
56,319
52,991
56,548
Diluted
52,267
56,536
53,220
56,898
EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
(In thousands, except par value)
As of
June 30,
2026
As of
December 31,
2025
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 789,397
$ 1,296,077
Trade receivables and contract assets, net of allowance of $3,939 and $6,350, respectively
1,268,036
1,108,201
Prepaid and other current assets
158,556
129,610
Total current assets
2,215,989
2,533,888
Property and equipment, net
204,967
202,387
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
124,999
114,875
Intangible assets, net
372,969
406,586
Goodwill
1,203,048
1,210,564
Deferred tax assets
295,947
295,115
Other noncurrent assets
156,167
138,721
Total assets
$ 4,574,086
$ 4,902,136
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$ 41,551
$ 55,329
Accrued compensation and benefits expenses
495,961
608,232
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
208,531
250,688
Income taxes payable, current
19,093
25,520
Operating lease liabilities, current
39,301
37,173
Total current liabilities
804,437
976,942
Long-term debt
25,000
25,034
Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent
87,942
81,497
Deferred tax liabilities, noncurrent
74,505
76,969
Other noncurrent liabilities
62,901
63,886
Total liabilities
1,054,785
1,224,328
Commitments and contingencies
Equity
Stockholders' equity
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 160,000 shares authorized; 51,585 shares issued
and outstanding at June 30, 2026, and 54,274 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2025
52
54
Additional paid-in capital
1,487,973
1,390,423
Retained earnings
2,035,664
2,268,204
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(4,970)
18,545
Total EPAM Systems, Inc. stockholders' equity
3,518,719
3,677,226
Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries
582
582
Total equity
3,519,301
3,677,808
Total liabilities and equity
$ 4,574,086
$ 4,902,136
EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to Comparable GAAP Financial Measures
(Unaudited)
(In thousands, except percentages and per share amounts)
Reconciliation of year-over-year revenue growth as reported on a GAAP basis to revenue growth on an organic constant currency
basis is presented in the table below:
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Revenue growth as reported
4.5 %
6.0 %
Inorganic revenue
— %
— %
Foreign exchange rates
(1.1) %
(2.5) %
Revenue growth on an organic constant currency basis
3.4 %
3.5 %
Reconciliation of various income statement amounts from GAAP to non-GAAP for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025:
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
GAAP
Adjustments
Non-GAAP
GAAP
Adjustments
Non-GAAP
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)(1)
$ 985,199
$ (23,361)
$ 961,838
$ 1,997,251
$ (46,771)
$ 1,950,480
Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)
$ 245,245
$ (39,474)
$ 205,771
$ 484,947
$ (82,314)
$ 402,633
Income from operations(3)
$ 152,222
$ 80,444
$ 232,666
$ 268,990
$ 164,412
$ 433,402
Operating margin
10.8 %
5.6 %
16.4 %
9.6 %
5.8 %
15.4 %
Net income(4)
$ 102,979
$ 73,831
$ 176,810
$ 185,500
$ 146,535
$ 332,035
Diluted earnings per share
$ 1.97
$ 3.38
$ 3.49
$ 6.24
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2025
GAAP
Adjustments
Non-GAAP
GAAP
Adjustments
Non-GAAP
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)(1)
$ 964,012
$ (18,232)
$ 945,780
$ 1,916,020
$ (42,773)
$ 1,873,247
Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)
$ 231,681
$ (40,349)
$ 191,332
$ 450,598
$ (74,572)
$ 376,026
Income from operations(3)
$ 126,476
$ 76,417
$ 202,893
$ 225,806
$ 152,837
$ 378,643
Operating margin
9.3 %
5.7 %
15.0 %
8.5 %
5.8 %
14.3 %
Net income(4)
$ 88,026
$ 68,765
$ 156,791
$ 161,508
$ 133,298
$ 294,806
Diluted earnings per share
$ 1.56
$ 2.77
$ 2.84
$ 5.18
Items (1) through (4) above are detailed in the table below with the specific cross-reference noted in the appropriate item.
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Stock-based compensation expenses
$ 22,833
$ 18,161
$ 45,686
$ 42,084
Humanitarian support in Ukraine(a)
528
576
1,085
1,194
Poland R&D incentives (b)
—
(505)
—
(505)
Total adjustments to GAAP cost of revenues(1)
23,361
18,232
46,771
42,773
Stock-based compensation expenses
23,568
20,397
50,634
44,930
Cost Optimization charges(c)
13,940
16,275
27,336
21,586
Humanitarian support in Ukraine(a)
1,961
3,282
4,370
7,014
Other acquisition-related expenses
1
292
7
862
One-time charges (benefits)
4
103
(33)
180
Total adjustments to GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses(2)
39,474
40,349
82,314
74,572
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
17,609
17,836
35,327
35,492
Total adjustments to GAAP income from operations(3)
80,444
76,417
164,412
152,837
Foreign exchange loss
9,850
6,227
7,552
16,954
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Interest and other income, net
1,435
(232)
2,420
(1,969)
Impairment of financial assets
356
—
356
—
Gain on financial instrument
—
—
—
(350)
Provision for income taxes:
Tax effect on non-GAAP adjustments
(19,997)
(18,291)
(39,128)
(38,201)
Tax shortfall related to stock-based compensation
1,743
1,106
11,592
563
Net discrete charge (benefit) from tax planning(d)
—
3,538
(669)
3,464
Total adjustments to GAAP net income(4)
$ 73,831
$ 68,765
$ 146,535
$ 133,298
(a)
Humanitarian support in Ukraine includes expenses related to EPAM's $100 million humanitarian commitment in response to Russia's invasion of Ukraine to support EPAM professionals and their families in and displaced from Ukraine. These expenses are incremental to those expenses incurred prior to the crisis, clearly separable from normal operations, and not expected to recur once the crisis has subsided and operations return to normal.
(b)
We have excluded from non-GAAP results the portion of the benefit from Poland R&D incentives related to qualifying activities performed in 2023 as it represents a nonrecurring one-time benefit.
(c)
Cost Optimization charges include employee separation costs incurred in connection with the programs initiated in the second quarter of 2024 and second quarter of 2025. Consistent with the Company's historical non-GAAP policy, costs incurred in connection with formal restructuring initiatives have been excluded from non-GAAP results as these are attributable to targeted restructuring efforts and not expected to recur once the respective Cost Optimization program is completed.
(d)
Net discrete charge (benefit) related to the implementation of tax planning to disregard certain foreign subsidiaries as separate entities for U.S. income tax purposes. Consistent with the Company's historical non-GAAP policy, the charge (benefit) related to the implementation of tax planning has been excluded from non-GAAP results as it is one-time and unusual in nature.
EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reconciliations of Guidance Non-GAAP Financial Measures to Comparable GAAP Financial Measures
(Unaudited)
The below guidance constitutes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws and is
based on a number of assumptions that are subject to change and many of which are outside the control of the
Company. Actual results may differ materially from the Company's expectations depending on factors discussed in
the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Reconciliation of expected year-over-year revenue growth on a GAAP basis to expected revenue growth on an organic
constant currency basis is presented in the table below:
Third Quarter 2026
Full Year 2026
(at midpoint of range)
Revenue growth
1.7 %
3.2% to 4.2%
Foreign exchange rates impact
0.1 %
(1.2) %
Inorganic revenue growth
— %
— %
Revenue growth on an organic constant currency basis
1.8 %
2.0% to 3.0%
Reconciliation of expected GAAP to non-GAAP income from operations as a percentage of revenues is presented in the table below:
Third Quarter 2026
Full Year 2026
GAAP income from operations as a percentage of revenues
11.0% to 12.0%
10.5% to 11.0%
Stock-based compensation expenses
3.1 %
3.2 %
Included in cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
1.5 %
1.5 %
Included in selling, general and administrative expenses
1.6 %
1.7 %
Humanitarian support in Ukraine(a)
0.2 %
0.2 %
Cost Optimization charges(c)
— %
0.4 %
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
1.2 %
1.2 %
Non-GAAP income from operations as a percentage of revenues(e)
15.5% to 16.5%
15.5% to 16.0%
(e)
EPAM has not included the impact of potential future one-time charges including asset impairments, unusual gains and losses, expenses incurred in connection with future cost optimization actions, and other acquisition-related expenses because the Company is unable to predict these amounts with reasonable certainty.
Reconciliation of expected GAAP to non-GAAP effective tax rate is presented in the table below:
Third Quarter 2026
Full Year 2026
GAAP effective tax rate (approximately)
25.0 %
27.0 %
Tax effect on non-GAAP adjustments
(0.8) %
(0.8) %
Tax shortfall related to stock-based compensation
(0.2) %
(2.3) %
Net discrete benefit from tax planning(d)
— %
0.1 %
Non-GAAP effective tax rate (approximately)
24.0 %
24.0 %
Reconciliation of expected GAAP to non-GAAP diluted earnings per share is presented in the table below:
Third Quarter 2026
Full Year 2026
GAAP diluted earnings per share
$2.33 to $2.41
$8.22 to $8.38
Stock-based compensation expenses
0.85
3.55
Included in cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
0.39
1.66
Included in selling, general and administrative expenses
DuPont’s Electronics Spinoff: The Start of Something BigCelanese NYSE: CE executives said the company expects supply-chain conditions in its Acetyl Chain business to moderate during the second half of 2026, while cost actions, targeted growth initiatives and free-cash-flow generation remain central to its strategy.
During the company’s second-quarter earnings call, President and Chief Executive Officer Scott Richardson said Celanese benefited in the second quarter from the flexibility of its global production and supply-chain network, particularly as it worked to provide reliable supply to customers affected by disruptions. Europe was among the regions more acutely affected by the supply-chain crisis, he said.
Get Celanese alerts:
Buffett's latest portfolio additions, trims and cuts in Q3Richardson said the company’s prior expectation for moderation in the back half of the year was already incorporated in its $6 full-year guide. While Celanese received somewhat more benefit than expected in the second quarter, including a slight amount of engineered-materials pre-buying, the anticipated moderation has not been more severe than management expected.
Acetyl Chain Conditions Normalize Celanese expects third-quarter results to reflect higher inventory-absorption effects following the accelerated closure of its Lanaken facility and the pull-forward of certain engineered-materials closures. In addition, Richardson said the Ibn Sina joint venture did not operate for much of the second quarter, which is expected to reduce equity earnings by about $10 million for the year, with nearly all of that impact occurring in the third quarter.
Richardson said Acetyl Chain profitability has historically been weighted toward the Western Hemisphere, with more than 80% of profitability generated there in 12 of the past 15 years. Although Asian margins increased temporarily from late February into the early part of the second quarter, he said those gains were short-lived and had returned to pre-war levels by the middle of the quarter.
Western Hemisphere margins have not returned to pre-war levels, Richardson said, but the company expects markets to remain relatively constructive through year-end. Supply chains have normalized to some extent as material has flowed from regions outside the Middle East, a development that has created some margin compression. Celanese is seeking to contract business gained through its supply reliability for 2027 and beyond.
Acetyl Chain volumes were flat year over year in the second quarter. Richardson attributed that outcome largely to product mix, as gains in the vinyls chain were offset by continued destocking in acetate tow. He said destocking in acetate tow moderated during the quarter and customer order patterns have begun to normalize compared with last year, though some destocking is expected to continue in the second half.
The Lanaken closure is now expected to occur during the current quarter, sooner than previously anticipated. The earlier closure will produce a higher inventory-absorption impact in the second half, but Richardson said it should create a cleaner cost structure for 2027. Celanese expects to realize some related cost benefits in the fourth quarter, with a more substantial improvement next year.
Engineered Materials Emphasizes Value and Growth Niches In Engineered Materials, Celanese is concentrating on higher-value applications rather than pursuing broad volume growth. Richardson said the company has identified growth opportunities within more narrowly defined market segments, including data centers, medical applications, electronics and drug delivery.
Electronics currently represents about 10% of Engineered Materials revenue and 10% to 15% of its contribution margin, according to Richardson. Medical represents less than 10% of revenue but about 20% of contribution margin. The company believes those businesses can support durable growth through deeper customer alignment and differentiated product development.
Richardson also highlighted data-center applications, where the company is supplying materials and engaging in development work with customers. He said artificial-intelligence data-center servers require additional materials for connector protection, signal management, thermal management and wire-and-cable applications, creating what he described as a larger opportunity set than traditional servers.
Automotive volumes generally moved with lower vehicle builds during the quarter, he said. Excluding a divestiture, overall Engineered Materials volume was approximately flat year over year, as declines in automotive were offset by growth in non-auto markets. Richardson said the company is prioritizing revenue growth, share gains and product mix over volume growth in standard-grade automotive materials, particularly amid additional polymer capacity in China.
Management said it has implemented price increases in Engineered Materials to address raw-material inflation. Richardson said pricing strengthened through the second half of the second quarter, helping support margin expansion, but raw-material costs are expected to create pressure in the third quarter as they flow through inventory.
Cash Flow, Restructuring and Deleveraging Chief Financial Officer Chuck Kyrish reaffirmed Celanese’s expectation for $700 million to $800 million in free cash flow for 2026. The company generated $140 million of free cash flow in the second quarter despite nearly $200 million of working-capital use, primarily related to accounts receivable, he said.
Year to date, working capital represented nearly a $300 million use of cash. Kyrish said the company expects that effect to normalize in the second half and now anticipates full-year working capital to be neutral to slightly positive. He characterized the 2026 free-cash-flow range as a sustainable baseline for future years, with further potential from inventory reductions and lower restructuring cash costs.
Celanese expects $80 million to $100 million of cost reductions as it enters 2027. Kyrish said the company expects to capture roughly half of the benefits from its engineered-materials nylon restructuring in 2026, while it expects to realize about one-third of the savings from the Lanaken action this year. The remaining benefits are expected next year.
The company remains committed to its goal of $1 billion in divestitures by the end of 2027. Richardson said Celanese is about halfway toward that objective following the Micromax transaction and expects to announce at least one additional deal by the end of 2026.
Kyrish said Celanese expects to end 2026 with net debt of about $10 billion and aims to finish 2027 at about $9 billion. The company continues to view approximately three times net debt to EBITDA as its long-term leverage target, with its next objective being to move below four times leverage after crossing five times during 2026.
About Celanese (NYSE:CE)Celanese Corporation is a global chemical and specialty materials company that develops, manufactures and markets a broad portfolio of products serving diverse industries. The company operates through two primary business segments—Engineered Materials and Acetyl Chain—offering solutions that range from high-performance polymers and specialty additives to industrial chemicals and intermediates. Its engineered materials are used in applications such as automotive components, consumer electronics, medical devices and packaging, while its acetyl derivatives find uses in coatings, adhesives, solvents and personal care products.
In the Engineered Materials segment, Celanese produces a variety of high-performance thermoplastics, polyether-block-amide (PEBA) elastomers and functional additives designed to enhance product durability, thermal resistance and sustainability.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Celanese Right Now?Before you consider Celanese, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Celanese wasn't on the list.
While Celanese currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
The space race is growing fast, and you don’t have to have gotten in early on SpaceX to profit. This report shows seven space stocks you can buy today that may grow as rockets, satellites, defense, space internet, and new space technology become more important.
Targa Resources vykázala ve 2. čtvrtletí rekordní upravenou EBITDA ve výši 1,603 miliardy USD, což je meziročně o 38 % více. Firma zároveň zvýšila výhled celoroční upravené EBITDA na horní hranici pásma 5,7 až 5,9 miliardy USD.
HOUSTON, Aug. 06, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Targa Resources Corp. (NYSE: TRGP) (“TRGP,” the “Company” or “Targa”) today reported second quarter 2026 results.
Second quarter 2026 net income attributable to Targa Resources Corp. was $765 million compared to $629 million for the second quarter of 2025. The Company reported adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other non-cash items (“adjusted EBITDA”)(1) of $1,603 million for the second quarter of 2026 compared to $1,163 million for the second quarter of 2025.
Highlights
Record adjusted EBITDA for the second quarter of $1.6 billion, an increase of 38% year-over-year and a 14% increase compared to the first quarterRecord Permian inlet, NGL transportation, fractionation, and LPG export volumes during the second quarterCommenced operations of our Train 11 fractionator and Delaware Express NGL Pipeline expansion during the second quarterCommenced operations of our new East Driver processing plant in Permian Midland late in the second quarter, ahead of scheduleEstimate full year 2026 adjusted EBITDA to be towards the top end of $5.7 billion to $5.9 billion rangeContinue to estimate 2026 net growth capital expenditures of approximately $4.5 billion On July 16, 2026, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $1.25 per common share, or $5.00 per common share on an annualized basis, for the second quarter of 2026. This dividend represents a 25 percent increase over the common dividend declared with respect to the second quarter of 2025. Total cash dividends of approximately $268 million will be paid on August 14, 2026 on all outstanding shares of common stock to holders of record as of the close of business on July 31, 2026.
During the second quarter of 2026, Targa repurchased 308,102 shares of its common stock at a weighted average per share price of $259.93 for a total net cost of $80 million. As of June 30, 2026, there was $1,239 million remaining under the Company’s share repurchase programs.
Second Quarter 2026 - Sequential Quarter over Quarter Commentary
Targa reported record second quarter adjusted EBITDA of $1,603 million, representing a 14 percent increase compared to the first quarter of 2026. The sequential increase was driven by higher marketing margin in our Logistics and Transportation (“L&T”) segment, record Permian volumes in our Gathering and Processing (“G&P”) segment, and record NGL transportation, fractionation, and LPG export volumes in our L&T segment.
In our G&P segment, higher sequential adjusted operating margin was driven by record Permian natural gas inlet volumes, partially offset by lower natural gas prices. Permian inlet volumes increased more than 450 million cubic feet per day (“MMcf/d”) despite temporary curtailments by certain producer customers in response to negative Waha natural gas prices in the second quarter.
In our L&T segment, higher sequential adjusted operating margin was driven by higher marketing margin, and record NGL pipeline transportation, fractionation, and LPG export volumes. Marketing margin increased due to greater optimization opportunities. NGL pipeline transportation and fractionation volumes benefited from higher supply volumes primarily from our Permian G&P systems and the addition of Train 11 early in the second quarter of 2026. LPG export margin increased due to higher volumes and fees.
Capitalization, Financing and Liquidity
The Company’s total consolidated debt as of June 30, 2026 was $19,578 million, net of $128 million of debt issuance costs and $39 million of unamortized discount, with $17,900 million of outstanding senior unsecured notes, $600 million outstanding under our Commercial Paper Program, $451 million outstanding under our accounts receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”), and $794 million of finance lease liabilities.
Total consolidated liquidity as of June 30, 2026 was approximately $3.2 billion, including $2.9 billion available under the TRGP Revolver, $149 million under the Securitization Facility and $132 million of cash.
In July 2026, Targa amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, extend the facility termination date to July 30, 2027 and increase borrowing capacity to up to $800 million.
Growth Projects Update
In our G&P segment, we commenced operations of our new East Driver plant in the Permian Midland late in the second quarter, ahead of schedule. Construction remains underway on our Copperhead, Yeti, Yeti II, Roadrunner III, and Copperhead II plants in Permian Delaware, and our G&P projects remain on track.
In our L&T segment, we commenced operations of our Train 11 fractionator in Mont Belvieu, TX and our Delaware Express NGL Pipeline expansion in the second quarter. Construction continues on our Train 12 and Train 13 fractionators in Mont Belvieu, our Speedway NGL Pipeline, our GPMT LPG Export Expansion, and our Bull Run, Buffalo Run and Forza intra-basin residue gas pipeline projects. Our L&T projects remain on track.
2026 Outlook
Given the strength of Targa’s performance through the first two quarters of the year, Targa now estimates full year 2026 adjusted EBITDA to be towards the top end of our $5.7 billion to $5.9 billion range. The higher outlook for full year 2026 is driven by the realization of strong marketing and optimization margin particularly in the first and second quarters of the year, and continued strength of volume growth of our integrated assets across the full year.
We continue to estimate net growth capital expenditures to be approximately $4.5 billion, and our estimate for 2026 net maintenance capital expenditures remains unchanged at approximately $250 million.
An earnings supplement presentation and updated investor presentation are available under Events and Presentations in the Investors section of our website at www.targaresources.com/investors/events.
Conference Call
We will host a conference call for the investment community at 11:00 a.m. Eastern time (10:00 a.m. Central time) on August 6, 2026 to discuss second quarter results. The conference call can be accessed via webcast under Events and Presentations in the Investors section of our website at www.targaresources.com/investors/events, or by going directly to https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/o7q55fuf/lan/en/. A webcast replay will be available at the link above approximately two hours after the conclusion of the event.
(1)Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted operating margin (segment) are non-GAAP financial measures and are discussed under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Targa Resources Corp. – Consolidated Financial Results of Operations
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
(In millions)
Revenues:
Sales of commodities$3,592.9 $3,636.3 $(43.4) (1%) $6,937.5 $7,520.7 $(583.2)(8%) Fees from midstream services 847.2 623.8 223.4 36% 1,597.3 1,300.9 296.4 23% Total revenues 4,440.1 4,260.1 180.0 4% 8,534.8 8,821.6 (286.8)(3%) Product purchases and fuel
2,302.0 2,436.0 (134.0) (6%) 4,696.5 5,693.8 (997.3)(18%) Operating expenses
354.1 323.6 30.5 9% 687.8 627.2 60.6 10% Depreciation and amortization expense
453.1 373.7 79.4 21% 879.1 741.3 137.8 19% General and administrative expense
108.1 95.0 13.1 14% 215.9 189.5 26.4 14% Other operating (income) expense
(11.7) (1.8) (9.9) NM (25.9) (7.1) (18.8)265% Income (loss) from operations
1,234.5 1,033.6 200.9 19% 2,081.4 1,576.9 504.5 32% Interest expense, net
(236.6) (218.4) (18.2) 8% (464.2) (415.5) (48.7)12% Equity earnings (loss)
7.8 5.1 2.7 53% 16.4 10.6 5.8 55% Other, net
(0.8) 1.0 (1.8) NM (17.4) 1.3 (18.7)NM Income tax (expense) benefit
(227.2) (184.1) (43.1) 23% (351.1) (256.3) (94.8)37% Net income (loss)
777.7 637.2 140.5 22% 1,265.1 917.0 348.1 38% Less: Net income (loss) attributable to
noncontrolling interests
13.1 8.1 5.0 62% 20.9 17.4 3.5 20% Net income (loss) attributable to Targa
Resources Corp.
764.6 629.1 135.5 22% 1,244.2 899.6 344.6 38% Premium on repurchase of noncontrolling
interests, net of tax
— — — — — 70.5 (70.5)(100%) Net income (loss) attributable to common
shareholders
$764.6 $629.1 $135.5 22% $1,244.2 $829.1 $415.1 50% Financial data:
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
$1,603.1 $1,163.0 $440.1 38% $3,005.8 $2,341.5 $664.3 28% Adjusted cash flow from operations (1)
1,371.0 934.4 436.6 47% 2,550.9 1,904.4 646.5 34% Adjusted free cash flow (1)
205.3 (9.6) 214.9 NM 433.2 318.6 114.6 36% (1)Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted cash flow from operations and adjusted free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures and are discussed under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”NMDue to a low denominator, the noted percentage change is disproportionately high and as a result, considered not meaningful. Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
Commodity sales were relatively flat due to lower natural gas prices ($784.8 million) and the unfavorable impact of hedges ($291.6 million), partially offset by higher NGL and condensate prices ($597.8 million) and higher NGL, natural gas and condensate volumes ($435.2 million).
The increase in fees from midstream services was primarily due to higher gas gathering and processing fees, higher transportation and fractionation fees, and higher export volumes.
The decrease in product purchases and fuel reflected lower natural gas prices, partially offset by higher NGL prices, and higher NGL and natural gas volumes.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher labor and maintenance costs in part due to system expansions, and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin, partially offset by lower compressor rental costs.
See “—Review of Segment Performance—” for additional information on a segment basis.
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin, higher amortization of right-of-use assets for finance leases, and the impact of system expansions on the Company’s asset base.
The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits.
The increase in other operating (income) expense was primarily due to lower asset abandonment costs.
The increase in income tax (expense) benefit was primarily due to the increase in pre-tax book income.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
The decrease in commodity sales reflected lower natural gas and NGL prices ($1,309.2 million) and the unfavorable impact of hedges ($244.1 million), partially offset by higher NGL, natural gas and condensate volumes ($899.6 million) and higher condensate prices ($70.5 million).
The increase in fees from midstream services was primarily due to higher gas gathering and processing fees, higher transportation and fractionation fees, and higher export volumes.
The decrease in product purchases and fuel reflected lower natural gas and NGL prices, partially offset by higher NGL and natural gas volumes.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher labor and maintenance costs, and taxes in part due to system expansions, partially offset by lower compressor rental costs.
See “—Review of Segment Performance—” for additional information on a segment basis.
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin, higher amortization of right-of-use assets for finance leases, and the impact of system expansions on the Company’s asset base.
The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits.
The increase in other operating (income) expense was primarily due to recognition of Section 45Q tax credits earned through the Company’s carbon capture and sequestration activities, and lower asset abandonment costs.
The increase in interest expense, net, was primarily due to higher borrowings, partially offset by an increase in capitalized interest.
The decrease in other, net, was primarily due to the premium paid on the redemption of all of the Partnership’s 6.875% Notes due 2029.
The increase in income tax (expense) benefit was primarily due to the increase in pre-tax book income.
The premium on repurchase of noncontrolling interests, net of tax was due to the Badlands Transaction in the first quarter of 2025.
Review of Segment Performance
The following discussion of segment performance includes inter-segment activities. The Company views segment operating margin and adjusted operating margin as important performance measures of the core profitability of its operations. These measures are key components of internal financial reporting and are reviewed for consistency and trend analysis. For a discussion of adjusted operating margin, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures ― Adjusted Operating Margin.” Segment operating financial results and operating statistics include the effects of intersegment transactions. These intersegment transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation.
The Company operates in two primary segments: (i) Gathering and Processing; and (ii) Logistics and Transportation.
Gathering and Processing Segment
The Gathering and Processing segment includes assets used in the gathering and/or purchase and sale of natural gas produced from oil and gas wells, removing impurities and processing this raw natural gas into merchantable natural gas by extracting NGLs; and assets used for the gathering and terminaling and/or purchase and sale of crude oil. The Gathering and Processing segment’s assets are located in the Permian Basin of West Texas and Southeast New Mexico (including the Midland, Central and Delaware Basins); the Eagle Ford Shale in South Texas; the Barnett Shale in North Texas; the Anadarko, Ardmore, and Arkoma Basins in Oklahoma (including the SCOOP and STACK) and South Central Kansas; the Williston Basin in North Dakota (including the Bakken and Three Forks plays); and the onshore and near offshore regions of the Louisiana Gulf Coast.
The following table provides summary data regarding results of operations of this segment for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025 2026 vs. 2025
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
(In millions, except operating statistics and price amounts) Operating margin
$732.6 $587.6 $145.0 25% $1,436.1 $1,189.8 $246.3 21% Operating expenses
240.9 219.4 21.5 10% 474.5 427.6 46.9 11% Adjusted operating margin
$973.5 $807.0 $166.5 21% $1,910.6 $1,617.4 $293.2 18% Operating statistics (1):
Plant natural gas inlet, MMcf/d (2) (3)
Permian Midland (4) 3,393.5 3,106.2 287.3 9% 3,274.4 3,046.3 228.1 7% Permian Delaware 3,793.8 3,171.8 622.0 20% 3,685.6 3,096.5 589.1 19% Total Permian 7,187.3 6,278.0 909.3 14% 6,960.0 6,142.8 817.2 13% Central (5) 1,010.3 1,086.3 (76.0) (7%) 1,018.8 1,035.8 (17.0) (2%) Badlands (5) (6) 133.8 130.9 2.9 2% 130.4 133.9 (3.5) (3%) Coastal 577.5 398.8 178.7 45% 562.4 398.8 163.6 41% Total 8,908.9 7,894.0 1,014.9 13% 8,671.6 7,711.3 960.3 12% NGL production, MBbl/d (3)
Permian Midland (4) 506.1 450.1 56.0 12% 485.6 439.9 45.7 10% Permian Delaware 500.8 406.7 94.1 23% 485.4 386.8 98.6 25% Total Permian 1,006.9 856.8 150.1 18% 971.0 826.7 144.3 17% Central (5) 118.3 120.2 (1.9) (2%) 110.2 109.1 1.1 1% Badlands (5) 16.9 16.6 0.3 2% 16.5 16.5 — — Coastal 38.7 31.6 7.1 22% 38.2 32.2 6.0 19% Total 1,180.8 1,025.2 155.6 15% 1,135.9 984.5 151.4 15% Crude oil gathered, MBbl/d
143.8 116.5 27.3 23% 139.5 126.3 13.2 10% Natural gas sales, BBtu/d (3)
3,080.1 2,819.5 260.6 9% 3,060.3 2,706.7 353.6 13% NGL sales, MBbl/d (3)
680.8 606.4 74.4 12% 653.5 588.4 65.1 11% Condensate sales, MBbl/d
22.4 20.1 2.3 11% 22.1 19.1 3.0 16% Average realized prices (7):
Natural gas, $/MMBtu
(2.48) 1.01 (3.49) NM (0.97) 1.59 (2.56) (161%) NGL, $/gal
0.48 0.41 0.07 17% 0.44 0.46 (0.02) (4%) Condensate, $/Bbl
90.57 63.79 26.78 42% 78.29 67.80 10.49 15% (1)Segment operating statistics include the effect of intersegment amounts, which have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation. For all volume statistics presented, the numerator is the total volume sold during the period, and the denominator is the number of calendar days during the period.(2)Plant natural gas inlet represents the Company’s undivided interest in the volume of natural gas passing through the meter located at the inlet of a natural gas processing plant.(3)Plant natural gas inlet volumes and gross NGL production volumes include producer take-in-kind volumes, while natural gas sales and NGL sales exclude producer take-in-kind volumes.(4)Permian Midland includes operations in WestTX, of which the Company owns a 72.8% undivided interest, and other plants that are owned 100% by the Company. Operating results for the WestTX undivided interest assets are presented on a pro-rata net basis in the Company’s reported financials.(5)Operations include facilities that are not wholly owned by the Company.(6)Badlands natural gas inlet represents the total wellhead volume and includes the Targa volumes processed at the Little Missouri 4 plant.(7)Average realized prices, net of fees, include the effect of realized commodity hedge gain/loss attributable to the Company’s equity volumes. The price is calculated using total commodity sales plus the hedge gain/loss as the numerator and total sales volume as the denominator, net of fees. Negative realized natural gas prices during the second quarter of 2026 were a result of an extended period of negative Waha prices due to significant egress constraint in the Permian Basin. The following table presents the realized commodity hedge gain (loss) attributable to the Company’s equity volumes that are included in the adjusted operating margin of the Gathering and Processing segment:
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
(In millions, except volumetric data and price amounts)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Natural gas (BBtu)7.7 $5.351 $41.2 7.4 $2.095 $15.5 NGL (MMgal)106.5 (0.052) (5.5) 83.6 (0.005) (0.4) Crude oil (MBbl)0.8 (22.750) (18.2) 0.7 7.714 5.4 $17.5 $20.5 Six Months Ended June 30, 2026
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
(In millions, except volumetric data and price amounts)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Natural gas (BBtu)
16.0 $3.638 $58.2 15.1 $1.517 $22.9 NGL (MMgal)
208.6 (0.022) (4.6) 181.2 (0.038) (7.0) Crude oil (MBbl)
1.5 (14.067) (21.1) 1.4 4.357 6.1 $32.5 $22.0 (1)The price spread is the differential between the contracted derivative instrument pricing and the price of the corresponding settled commodity transaction. Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was primarily due to higher natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian which drove higher fee-based margin, partially offset by lower natural gas prices. The increase in natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian was attributable to the addition of the Pembrook II plant during the third quarter of 2025, the Bull Moose II plant during the fourth quarter of 2025, the Falcon II plant during the first quarter of 2026, the East Pembrook plant during the second quarter of 2026, continued strong producer activity and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher volumes resulting from multiple plant additions and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was primarily due to higher natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian which drove higher fee-based margin, partially offset by lower natural gas and NGL prices. The increase in natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian was attributable to the addition of the Pembrook II plant during the third quarter of 2025, the Bull Moose II plant during the fourth quarter of 2025, the Falcon II plant during the first quarter of 2026, the East Pembrook plant during the second quarter of 2026, continued strong producer activity and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher volumes resulting from multiple plant additions and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
Logistics and Transportation Segment
The Logistics and Transportation segment includes the activities and assets necessary to convert mixed NGLs into NGL products and also includes other assets and value-added services such as transporting, storing, fractionating, terminaling, and marketing of NGLs and NGL products, including services to LPG exporters and certain natural gas supply and marketing activities in support of the Company’s other businesses. The Logistics and Transportation segment also includes Targa’s NGL pipeline system, which connects the Company’s gathering and processing positions in the Permian Basin, Southern Oklahoma and North Texas with the Company’s Downstream facilities in Mont Belvieu, Texas. The Company’s Downstream facilities are located predominantly in Mont Belvieu and Galena Park, Texas, and in Lake Charles, Louisiana.
The following table provides summary data regarding results of operations of this segment for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025 2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
(In millions, except operating statistics)
Operating margin
$948.3 $632.4 $315.9 50% $1,721.6 $1,279.1 $442.5 35% Operating expenses
114.3 105.4 8.9 8% 214.5 200.9 13.6 7% Adjusted operating margin
$1,062.6 $737.8 $324.8 44% $1,936.1 $1,480.0 $456.1 31% Operating statistics MBbl/d (1):
NGL pipeline transportation volumes (2)
1,098.9 961.2 137.7 14% 1,058.1 902.7 155.4 17% Fractionation volumes
1,206.1 969.1 237.0 24% 1,175.8 974.5 201.3 21% Export volumes (3)
487.1 423.1 64.0 15% 462.2 435.3 26.9 6% NGL sales
1,310.9 1,151.1 159.8 14% 1,307.5 1,168.6 138.9 12% (1)Segment operating statistics include intersegment amounts, which have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation. For all volume statistics presented, the numerator is the total volume sold during the period and the denominator is the number of calendar days during the period.(2)Represents the total quantity of mixed NGLs that earn a transportation margin.(3)Export volumes represent the quantity of NGL products delivered to third-party customers at the Company’s Galena Park Marine Terminal that are destined for international markets. Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was due to higher marketing margin, higher pipeline transportation and fractionation margin and higher LPG export margin. Marketing margin increased due to greater optimization opportunities. Pipeline transportation and fractionation volumes benefited from higher supply volumes primarily from our Permian Gathering and Processing systems and the addition of Train 11 early in the second quarter of 2026. LPG export margin increased due to higher volumes and fees.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits including amounts related to system expansions.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was due to higher marketing margin, higher pipeline transportation and fractionation margin and higher LPG export margin. Marketing margin increased due to greater optimization opportunities. Pipeline transportation and fractionation volumes benefited from higher supply volumes primarily from our Permian Gathering and Processing systems and the addition of Train 11 early in the second quarter of 2026. LPG export margin increased due to higher volumes and fees.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits including amounts related to system expansions.
Other
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2026 vs. 2025
2026
2025 2026 vs. 2025
(In millions) Operating margin$103.1 $280.5 $(177.4) $(7.2) $31.7 $(38.9) Adjusted operating margin$103.1 $280.5 $(177.4) $(7.2) $31.7 $(38.9) Other contains the unrealized mark-to-market gains/losses related to derivative contracts that were not designated as cash flow hedges. The Company has entered into derivative instruments to hedge the commodity price associated with a portion of the Company’s future commodity purchases and sales and natural gas transportation basis risk within the Company’s Logistics and Transportation segment.
About Targa Resources Corp.
Targa Resources Corp. is a leading provider of midstream services and is one of the largest independent infrastructure companies in North America. The Company owns, operates, acquires and develops a diversified portfolio of complementary domestic infrastructure assets and its operations are critical to the efficient, safe and reliable delivery of energy across the United States and increasingly to the world. The Company’s assets connect natural gas and NGLs to domestic and international markets with growing demand for cleaner fuels and feedstocks.
Targa is a FORTUNE 500 company and is included in the S&P 500.
For more information, please visit the Company’s website at www.targaresources.com.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This press release includes the Company’s non-GAAP financial measures: adjusted EBITDA, adjusted cash flow from operations, adjusted free cash flow and adjusted operating margin (segment). The following tables provide reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.
The Company utilizes non-GAAP measures to analyze the Company’s performance. Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted cash flow from operations, adjusted free cash flow and adjusted operating margin (segment) are non-GAAP measures. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to these non-GAAP measures are income (loss) from operations, Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources Corp. and segment operating margin. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP measures and have important limitations as analytical tools. Investors should not consider these measures in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s results as reported under GAAP. Additionally, because the Company’s non-GAAP measures exclude some, but not all, items that affect income and segment operating margin, and are defined differently by different companies within the Company’s industry, the Company’s definitions may not be comparable with similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. Management compensates for the limitations of the Company’s non-GAAP measures as analytical tools by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these insights into the Company’s decision-making processes.
Adjusted Operating Margin
The Company defines adjusted operating margin for the Company’s segments as revenues less product purchases and fuel. It is impacted by volumes and commodity prices as well as by the Company’s contract mix and commodity hedging program.
Gathering and Processing adjusted operating margin consists primarily of:
service fees related to natural gas and crude oil gathering, treating and processing; andrevenues from the sale of natural gas, condensate, crude oil and NGLs less producer settlements, fuel and transport and the Company’s equity volume hedge settlements. Logistics and Transportation adjusted operating margin consists primarily of:
service fees (including the pass-through of energy costs included in certain fee rates);system product gains and losses; andNGL and natural gas sales, less NGL and natural gas purchases, fuel, third-party transportation costs and the net inventory change.
The adjusted operating margin impacts of mark-to-market hedge unrealized changes in fair value are reported in Other.
Adjusted operating margin for the Company’s segments provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and by external users of the Company’s financial statements, including investors and commercial banks, to assess:
the financial performance of the Company’s assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;the Company’s operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; andthe viability of capital expenditure projects and acquisitions and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
Management reviews adjusted operating margin and operating margin for the Company’s segments monthly as a core internal management process. The Company believes that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that management uses in evaluating the Company’s operating results. The reconciliation of the Company’s adjusted operating margin to the most directly comparable GAAP measure is presented under “Review of Segment Performance.”
Adjusted EBITDA
The Company defines adjusted EBITDA as Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources Corp. before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other items that the Company believes should be adjusted consistent with the Company’s core operating performance. The adjusting items are detailed in the adjusted EBITDA reconciliation table and its footnotes. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by the Company and by external users of the Company’s financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others to measure the ability of the Company’s assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support the Company’s indebtedness and pay dividends to the Company’s investors.
Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations and Adjusted Free Cash Flow
The Company defines adjusted cash flow from operations as adjusted EBITDA less cash interest expense on debt obligations and cash tax (expense) benefit. The Company defines adjusted free cash flow as adjusted cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures and growth capital expenditures, net of any reimbursements of project costs and contributions from noncontrolling interests, and including contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates. Adjusted cash flow from operations and adjusted free cash flow are performance measures used by the Company and by external users of the Company’s financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks and research analysts, to assess the Company’s ability to generate cash earnings (after servicing the Company’s debt and funding capital expenditures) to be used for corporate purposes, such as payment of dividends, retirement of debt or redemption of other financing arrangements.
The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures used by management to the most directly comparable GAAP measures for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(In millions)
Reconciliation of Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources
Corp. to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations
and Adjusted Free Cash Flow
Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources Corp.$764.6 $629.1 $1,244.2 $899.6 Interest (income) expense, net 236.6 218.4 464.2 415.5 Income tax expense (benefit) 227.2 184.1 351.1 256.3 Depreciation and amortization expense 453.1 373.7 879.1 741.3 (Gain) loss on sale or disposition of assets (0.8) (0.7) (1.8) (1.2) Write-down of assets 0.7 9.6 5.0 11.6 (Gain) loss from financing activities — — 10.1 0.6 Equity (earnings) loss (7.8) (5.1) (16.4) (10.6) Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates 7.2 6.2 11.9 11.1 Change in contingent consideration 0.5 — 1.2 — Compensation on equity grants 18.0 17.1 41.2 34.7 Risk management activities (103.1) (280.5) 7.2 (31.7) Noncontrolling interests adjustments (1) 6.9 2.5 8.8 5.7 Litigation and environmental reserves (2) — 8.6 — 8.6 Adjusted EBITDA
$1,603.1 $1,163.0 $3,005.8 $2,341.5 Interest expense on debt obligations (3) (231.4) (214.3) (454.2) (407.5) Cash tax (expense) benefit (0.7) (14.3) (0.7) (29.6) Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations
$1,371.0 $934.4 $2,550.9 $1,904.4 Maintenance capital expenditures, net (4) (52.4) (58.9) (90.0) (106.2) Growth capital expenditures, net (4) (1,113.3) (885.1) (2,027.7) (1,479.6) Adjusted Free Cash Flow
$205.3 $(9.6) $433.2 $318.6 (1)
Represents adjustments related to the Company’s subsidiaries with noncontrolling interests, including depreciation and amortization expense as well as earnings for certain plants within Targa’s WestTX joint venture not subject to noncontrolling interest accounting.(2)
Litigation and environmental reserves includes charges related to specific litigation and environmental compliance matters that are nonrecurring in nature and outside the ordinary course of our business and/or not reflective of our ongoing core operations. We may incur such charges from time to time, and we believe it is useful to exclude these charges as we do not consider them reflective of our ongoing core operations.(3)
Excludes amortization recognized in interest expense.(4)
Represents capital expenditures, net of any reimbursements of project costs and contributions from noncontrolling interests, and includes contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates. The following table presents a reconciliation of estimated net income of the Company to estimated adjusted EBITDA for 2026:
2026E
(In millions)
Reconciliation of Estimated Net Income Attributable to Targa Resources Corp. to
Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
Net income attributable to Targa Resources Corp.$2,285.0 Interest expense, net 945.0 Income tax expense 680.0 Depreciation and amortization expense 1,785.0 Equity earnings (30.0) Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates 30.0 Compensation on equity grants 80.0 Risk management activities and other 20.0 Noncontrolling interests adjustments (1) 5.0 Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
$5,800.0 (1)Represents adjustments related to the Company’s subsidiaries with noncontrolling interests, including depreciation and amortization expense as well as earnings for certain plants within Targa’s WestTX joint venture not subject to noncontrolling interest accounting.
Regulation FD Disclosures
The Company uses any of the following to comply with its disclosure obligations under Regulation FD: press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, or the Company’s website. The Company routinely posts important information on its website at www.targaresources.com, including information that may be deemed to be material. The Company encourages investors and others interested in the Company to monitor these distribution channels for material disclosures.
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this release are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this release that address activities, events or developments that the Company expects, believes or anticipates will or may occur in the future, are forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the Company’s projected financial performance, capital spending, payment of future dividends and stock repurchase activity. These forward-looking statements rely on a number of assumptions concerning future events and are subject to a number of uncertainties, factors and risks, many of which are outside the Company’s control, which could cause results to differ materially from those expected by management of the Company. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, actions taken by other countries with significant hydrocarbon production, weather, political, economic and market conditions, including a decline in the price and market demand for natural gas, natural gas liquids and crude oil, the timing and success of the Company’s completion of capital projects and business development efforts, the expected growth of volumes on the Company’s systems, the impact of significant public health crises, commodity price volatility due to ongoing or new global conflicts, changes in laws and regulations, particularly with regard to taxes, tariffs and international trade, and other uncertainties. These and other applicable uncertainties, factors and risks are described more fully in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, and any subsequently filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. The Company does not undertake an obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Wrap Technologies má ve čtvrtek před otevřením trhu oznámit výsledky hospodaření za 2. čtvrtletí 2026. Analytici čekají ztrátu 0,1033 USD na akcii a tržby 1,609 mil. USD.
Wrap Technologies (NASDAQ:WRAP – Get Free Report) is expected to announce its Q2 2026 results before the market opens on Thursday, August 13th. Analysts expect Wrap Technologies to post earnings of ($0.1033) per share and revenue of $1.6090 million for the quarter. Interested persons may visit the the company’s upcoming Q2 2026 earning overview page for the latest details on the call scheduled for Tuesday, August 11, 2026 at 4:30 PM ET.
Wrap Technologies (NASDAQ:WRAP – Get Free Report) last issued its earnings results on Wednesday, May 13th. The company reported ($0.09) EPS for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of ($0.10) by $0.01. Wrap Technologies had a negative return on equity of 115.68% and a negative net margin of 270.03%.The company had revenue of $1.11 million during the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $1.61 million.
Wrap Technologies Price Performance Shares of WRAP opened at $1.93 on Thursday. The business’s fifty day moving average price is $1.58 and its 200 day moving average price is $1.65. Wrap Technologies has a 12-month low of $1.04 and a 12-month high of $3.23. The stock has a market capitalization of $107.58 million, a PE ratio of -6.43 and a beta of 1.34.
Insider Activity In other Wrap Technologies news, Director John D. Shulman bought 100,000 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Wednesday, July 8th. The shares were acquired at an average cost of $1.10 per share, for a total transaction of $110,000.00. Following the acquisition, the director directly owned 199,037 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $218,940.70. This trade represents a 100.97% increase in their ownership of the stock. The purchase was disclosed in a document filed with the SEC, which is available through this link. 33.26% of the stock is owned by corporate insiders.
Hedge Funds Weigh In On Wrap Technologies Hedge funds have recently modified their holdings of the stock. XTX Topco Ltd acquired a new stake in shares of Wrap Technologies during the second quarter worth $32,000. Osaic Holdings Inc. lifted its position in shares of Wrap Technologies by 13.6% in the 2nd quarter. Osaic Holdings Inc. now owns 53,708 shares of the company’s stock valued at $84,000 after acquiring an additional 6,442 shares in the last quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. boosted its stake in Wrap Technologies by 6.3% in the 3rd quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. now owns 1,660,908 shares of the company’s stock worth $3,604,000 after purchasing an additional 98,782 shares during the period. Squarepoint Ops LLC grew its position in Wrap Technologies by 45.3% during the 3rd quarter. Squarepoint Ops LLC now owns 50,209 shares of the company’s stock worth $109,000 after purchasing an additional 15,650 shares in the last quarter. Finally, Raymond James Financial Inc. raised its stake in Wrap Technologies by 6.0% during the 3rd quarter. Raymond James Financial Inc. now owns 646,853 shares of the company’s stock valued at $1,404,000 after purchasing an additional 36,429 shares during the period. 8.82% of the stock is currently owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Wall Street Analysts Forecast Growth WRAP has been the subject of several recent research reports. Wall Street Zen lowered Wrap Technologies from a “hold” rating to a “sell” rating in a report on Saturday, May 16th. Weiss Ratings downgraded shares of Wrap Technologies from a “sell (d-)” rating to a “sell (e+)” rating in a report on Monday, May 18th. One equities research analyst has rated the stock with a Sell rating, Based on data from MarketBeat.com, the stock presently has a consensus rating of “Sell”.
Get Our Latest Analysis on Wrap Technologies
About Wrap Technologies (Get Free Report)
Wrap Technologies, Inc (NASDAQ: WRAP) is a designer and manufacturer of less-lethal restraint devices aimed at law enforcement and security professionals. Its flagship product, the BolaWrap®, is a handheld remote restraint tool that deploys a Kevlar-reinforced cord to safely immobilize individuals from a distance of up to 25 feet. The system is engineered to support de-escalation tactics and reduce reliance on physical force in high-risk encounters.
Based in Scottsdale, Arizona, Wrap Technologies oversees product development, testing and training at its headquarters.
Featured Stories Five stocks we like better than Wrap Technologies SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth
Receive News & Ratings for Wrap Technologies Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Wrap Technologies and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEGambling.com Group (GAMB) Projected to Announce Earnings on Thursday
NEXT HEADLINE »VolitionRX (VNRX) to Release Quarterly Earnings on Thursday
Amundi boosted its stake in shares of The Western Union Company (NYSE:WU – Free Report) by 1,179.5% in the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent disclosure with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 576,465 shares of the credit services provider’s stock after acquiring an additional 531,412 shares during the quarter. Amundi owned 0.18% of Western Union worth $5,033,000 at the end of the most recent reporting period.
A number of other large investors also recently bought and sold shares of the stock. Parvin Asset Management LLC grew its position in Western Union by 56.1% during the first quarter. Parvin Asset Management LLC now owns 16,625 shares of the credit services provider’s stock valued at $145,000 after buying an additional 5,975 shares during the period. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC boosted its stake in shares of Western Union by 23.2% during the 1st quarter. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC now owns 8,020 shares of the credit services provider’s stock worth $70,000 after acquiring an additional 1,509 shares in the last quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System boosted its stake in shares of Western Union by 18.3% during the 1st quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System now owns 383,223 shares of the credit services provider’s stock worth $3,346,000 after acquiring an additional 59,318 shares in the last quarter. Royal Bank of Canada grew its position in shares of Western Union by 28.5% during the 1st quarter. Royal Bank of Canada now owns 1,922,728 shares of the credit services provider’s stock valued at $16,785,000 after acquiring an additional 426,939 shares during the period. Finally, Empowered Funds LLC grew its position in shares of Western Union by 76.8% during the 1st quarter. Empowered Funds LLC now owns 57,621 shares of the credit services provider’s stock valued at $503,000 after acquiring an additional 25,030 shares during the period. 91.81% of the stock is owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Wall Street Analyst Weigh In A number of equities analysts recently weighed in on the company. Wolfe Research reaffirmed an “underperform” rating and issued a $8.00 price target on shares of Western Union in a report on Friday, July 31st. Cantor Fitzgerald cut their price objective on Western Union from $8.00 to $7.00 and set an “underweight” rating for the company in a research report on Monday. JPMorgan Chase & Co. reduced their target price on Western Union from $9.00 to $8.00 and set an “underweight” rating for the company in a research note on Monday, July 13th. Weiss Ratings upgraded Western Union from a “sell (d+)” rating to a “hold (c-)” rating in a research report on Monday. Finally, Barclays dropped their price target on shares of Western Union from $7.00 to $6.00 and set an “underweight” rating on the stock in a research note on Friday, July 31st. Seven research analysts have rated the stock with a Hold rating and six have issued a Sell rating to the company. According to data from MarketBeat.com, Western Union has a consensus rating of “Reduce” and an average price target of $7.55.
Check Out Our Latest Research Report on WU
Western Union Stock Performance NYSE WU opened at $7.23 on Thursday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 2.95, a current ratio of 1.12 and a quick ratio of 1.12. The stock’s 50 day simple moving average is $7.72 and its 200-day simple moving average is $8.69. The company has a market cap of $2.26 billion, a PE ratio of 5.88, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 1.26 and a beta of 0.47. The Western Union Company has a 1-year low of $6.27 and a 1-year high of $10.35.
Western Union (NYSE:WU – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings data on Thursday, July 30th. The credit services provider reported $0.31 EPS for the quarter, missing the consensus estimate of $0.42 by ($0.11). The firm had revenue of $1.01 billion during the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $1.02 billion. Western Union had a net margin of 9.79% and a return on equity of 50.89%. The firm’s revenue for the quarter was down 1.3% compared to the same quarter last year. During the same period in the prior year, the company posted $0.37 earnings per share. Western Union has set its FY 2026 guidance at 1.250-1.350 EPS. As a group, equities research analysts anticipate that The Western Union Company will post 1.29 EPS for the current fiscal year.
Western Union Announces Dividend The business also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Wednesday, September 30th. Stockholders of record on Wednesday, September 16th will be issued a dividend of $0.235 per share. This represents a $0.94 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 13.0%. The ex-dividend date is Wednesday, September 16th. Western Union’s payout ratio is currently 76.42%.
Western Union Profile (Free Report)
Western Union Company (NYSE: WU) is a global leader in cross-border, cross-currency money movement and payments. The company enables individuals and businesses to send and receive money through a variety of channels, including its vast agent network, online platforms, and mobile applications. Core services include person-to-person money transfers, business-to-business cross-border payments, bill payment services and prepaid card programs.
Through its digital offerings, Western Union provides customers with the ability to initiate transfers via its website and mobile app, as well as track transactions in real time.
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than Western Union SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth Want to see what other hedge funds are holding WU? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for The Western Union Company (NYSE:WU – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Western Union Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Western Union and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEHashdex Nasdaq Crypto Index US ETF $NCIQ Shares Acquired by Archer Investment Management LLC
NEXT HEADLINE »HealthEquity, Inc. $HQY Shares Purchased by Amundi
ČEZ má za 2Q 2026 vykázat pokles EBITDA o 12,3 % na 27,1 mld. Kč kvůli nižším cenám elektřiny. Očištěný čistý zisk má ale stoupnout na 8 mld. Kč díky absenci loňské windfall tax.
ČEZ v úterý 11. srpna před otevřením trhu zveřejní výsledky hospodaření za 2Q 2026, resp. 1H 2026. Konferenční hovor s managementem společnosti bude následovat od 16h.
Pozn.: Čistý zisk a zisk na akcii jsou očištěné o mimořádné nehotovostní vlivy
I ve druhém letošním kvartále by měl pokračovat, zejména kvůli nižším prodejním cenám silové elektřiny, trend meziročních poklesů na provozní úrovni hospodaření. Na druhou stranu čistá ziskovost podle našich odhadů opět vykáže, pod vlivem absence mimořádného zdanění, meziroční zlepšení.
Predikujeme meziroční pokles provozního zisku EBITDA o 12,3 % na 27,1 mld. Kč. Hlavní důvod tohoto poklesu vidíme stále v nižších prodejních cenách silové elektřiny. Propad realizačních cen z loňských 121 EUR na námi odhadovaných cca 104 EUR/MWh je významný, jeho negativní dopad do provozní ziskovosti vyčíslujeme kolem úrovně 4 mld. Kč. Mezi negativní faktory v rámci letošního 2Q řadíme také tuzemský prodej, a to zejména maloobchod. Kombinace poměrně silné loňské srovnávací základny, vyšších tržních cen elektřiny a plynu promítajících se do rostoucích nákladů na pořízení komodit či absence loňských příznivých faktorů jednorázového charakteru bude z našeho pohledu vytvářet tlak na pokles provozní ziskovosti. EBITDA zisk z tuzemského retailového prodeje tak odhadujeme meziročně nižší o 0,5 – 0,8 mld. Kč na hladině 1 – 1,3 mld. Kč.
Stabilitu očekáváme od distribučního segmentu. U základního pilíře v podobě distribuce elektřiny sice konzervativně vidíme mírný meziroční pokles výkonnosti kvůli méně příznivému působení technických vlivů v podobě korekčních faktorů, nicméně v distribuci plynu očekáváme mix organické a akviziční dynamiky. Celkově by se tak EBITDA z distribuce podle našich odhadů mohla za 2Q 2026 vyhoupnout lehce přes 8 mld. Kč a téměř se tak vyrovnat loňské vysoké úrovni.
Zmíníme-li námi očekávané pozitivní faktory, tak z průběžně zveřejňovaných dat pozorujeme velmi solidní produkci z jaderných elektráren. Na úrovni celoroku ČEZ sice stále predikuje meziroční pokles výroby z jádra, ale za letošní 2Q vidíme vlivem meziročně odlišného harmonogramu odstávek nárůst produkce z Temelína a Dukovan o 6 % y/y na téměř 8 TWh. To podle našich odhadů podpoří EBITDA zisk ve výši kolem 1 mld. Kč. Příznivé tržní podmínky propisující se do atraktivnějšího spreadu mezi cenami elektřiny a emisních povolenek vytváří potenciál pro výraznější využití uhelných elektráren, potažmo pro lepší výkonnost z těžby uhlí. Celkově by tak uhlí dle našich predikcí mohlo meziročně přidat do provozní ziskovosti cca 0,4 mld. Kč.
Nepřekvapí-li pozitivně trading, pak kombinace nižších prodejních cen silové elektřiny a slabší výkonnosti v segmentu prodeje převáží nad výše zmíněnými příznivými vlivy, což povede k meziročně slabší provozní ziskovosti.
To by však nemělo platit na úrovni čistého zisku. Zde bude stěžejním pozitivním impulsem absence loňské „windfall tax“. Zatímco loni ČEZ na dani z příjmu (včetně mimořádné daně) zaplatil přes 10 mld. Kč, tak ve 2Q 2026 predikujeme daňový náklad pouze lehce přes 2 mld. Kč. To bude zásadní faktor, který dle naší predikce způsobí meziroční posun očištěného čistého zisku z loňských 4 mld. Kč na 8 mld. Kč.
Naše aktuální prognóza letošní EBITDA, resp. čisté ziskovosti je posazena na hladině 113,9 mld. Kč, resp. 35 mld. Kč. To by značilo pokles z loňských silných 137 mld. Kč, resp. růst z 28,1 mld. Kč.
ČEZ je prozatím ve svých predikcích o něco konzervativnější. EBITDA zisk odhaduje do rozmezí 107 – 112 mld. Kč, čistou ziskovost pak do intervalu 30 – 34 mld. Kč.
Akcie ČEZ (BAACEZ) na pražské burze oslabují o 0,88 % na 1357 Kč, na RM-SYSTÉMu klesají o 0,22 % na 1364 Kč.
First Advantage ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby na 448,8 mil. USD a čistý zisk na 16,9 mil. USD. Zároveň zvedla celoroční výhled tržeb na 1,67–1,71 mld. USD.
Posts Record Quarter and Raises Full Year 2026 Guidance
Second Quarter 2026 Highlights1
Revenues of $448.8 million (14.9% growth year-over-year)Net income of $16.9 million (3.8% margin); Diluted net income per share of $0.10Adjusted EBITDA of $128.5 million (28.6% margin)Adjusted Net Income of $61.4 million; Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share of $0.35Cash Flows from Operations of $73.6 millionSubsequent to the end of the quarter, voluntary debt prepayment of $45 million made on August 4, in addition to $25 million prepayment made on May 6$18.7 million in shares repurchased under $100 million share repurchase program
Raising Full Year 2026 Guidance
Raising full year 2026 guidance ranges for Revenues of $1.67 billion to $1.71 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $472 million to $486 million, Adjusted Net Income of $214 million to $225 million, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share of $1.23 to $1.292
ATLANTA, Aug. 06, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- First Advantage Corporation (NASDAQ: FA), a global software and data company, today announced financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026.
Key Financials
(Amounts in millions, except per share data and percentages)
Three Months Ended June 30,2026 2025 ChangeRevenues$448.8 $390.6 14.9%Net income$16.9 $0.3 NM Net income margin 3.8% 0.1% NA Diluted net income per share$0.10 $0.00 NM Adjusted EBITDA1$128.5 $113.9 12.8%Adjusted EBITDA Margin1 28.6% 29.2% NA Adjusted Net Income1$61.4 $47.0 30.8%Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share1$0.35 $0.27 29.6% 1 Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share are non-GAAP measures. Please see the end of this earnings release for definitions and schedules with reconciliations of these measures to their most directly comparable respective GAAP measures.
Note: "NA" indicates not applicable information; "NM" indicates not meaningful information.
“Our outstanding second quarter performance, highlighted by 15% year-over-year revenue growth and exceptional per share earnings growth, demonstrated the strength of our AI-driven proprietary technology platform and our continued go-to-market momentum. In addition to our team’s excellent execution, our results benefited from sustained momentum driven by our recent large contract wins and continued improvement in base revenue performance. We further showcased the agility, flexibility, and scalability of our operations by seamlessly absorbing increased volumes and continuing to enable our customers to hire with speed and confidence,” said Scott Staples, Chief Executive Officer.
“We continue to see increased customer demand across a number of our verticals, including in transportation & logistics, retail & e-commerce, industrials & manufacturing, and general staffing. We outpaced our previously stated expectations for the quarter as well as our long-term revenue growth algorithm target, supported by exceptional base growth, upsell and cross-sell outperformance, consistent new logo wins, including 20 enterprise bookings in the quarter, and healthy customer retention. As we mark the fifth anniversary of our IPO, we continue to win with our differentiated suite of products, including Digital Identity, underpinned by our proprietary data sets, deep customer relationships, and focused FA 5.0 strategy,” Staples concluded.
Raising Full Year 2026 Guidance
“We are progressing toward our long-term financial targets, with revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA Margins, and robust cash flow reflecting the consistency and durability of our business. We continue to deploy capital in a balanced and disciplined manner, with a focus on deleveraging, as reflected by our previously announced $25 million debt prepayment during the quarter and an additional, upsized $45 million prepayment subsequent to quarter-end. We also repurchased $18.7 million of common stock during the quarter under our $100 million share repurchase program, with total repurchases through July 31, 2026 of $38.2 million, or approximately 1.9% of total shares outstanding,” said Steven Marks, Chief Financial Officer. “In view of our strong year-to-date performance, current labor market trends, and our confidence in our outlook for the remainder of the year, we are raising our full year guidance.”
The following table summarizes our updated full year 2026 guidance.
Updated Guidance
As of August 6, 2026Prior Guidance
As of May 7, 2026Revenues$1,670 million – $1,710 million$1,625 million – $1,700 millionAdjusted EBITDA2$472 million – $486 million$460 million – $485 millionAdjusted Net Income2$214 million – $225 million$200 million – $220 millionAdjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share2$1.23 – $1.29$1.15 – $1.25 2 A reconciliation of the foregoing guidance for the non-GAAP metrics of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to GAAP net income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share to GAAP diluted net income per share cannot be provided without unreasonable effort because of the inherent difficulty of accurately forecasting the occurrence and financial impact of the various adjusting items necessary for such reconciliation that have not yet occurred, are out of our control, or cannot be reasonably predicted. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to assess the probable significance of the unavailable information, which could have a material impact on its future GAAP financial results.
Actual results may differ materially from First Advantage’s full year 2026 guidance as a result of, among other things, the factors described under “Forward-Looking Statements” below.
Conference Call and Webcast Information
First Advantage will host a conference call to review its second quarter 2026 results today, August 6, 2026, at 8:30 a.m. ET.
To participate in the conference call, please dial 800-274-8461 (domestic) or 203-518-9814 (international) approximately ten minutes before the 8:30 a.m. ET start. Please mention to the operator that you are dialing in for the First Advantage second quarter 2026 earnings call or provide the conference code FA2Q26. The call will also be webcast live on the Company’s investor relations website at https://investors.fadv.com under the “News & Events” and then “Events & Presentations” section, where related presentation materials will be posted prior to the conference call.
Following the conference call, a replay of the webcast will be available on the Company’s investor relations website, https://investors.fadv.com. Alternatively, the live webcast and subsequent replay will be available at https://event.on24.com/wcc/r/5409234/68E3AC95DE943B08FC0B97F9AA813C80.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals, and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources, and other financial and operating information. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “future,” “will,” “seek,” “foreseeable,” “target,” “guidance,” the negative version of these words, or similar terms and phrases.
These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties, assumptions, or changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict or quantify. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
the failure to realize the expected benefits of the Sterling Acquisition;adverse changes in external events beyond our control, including our customers’ onboarding volumes, economic drivers which are sensitive to macroeconomic cycles, such as interest rate volatility and inflation, geopolitical unrest, global trade disputes, uncertainty in financial markets, and changes in tax laws;our operations in a highly regulated industry and the fact that we are subject to numerous and evolving laws and regulations, including with respect to personal data, data security, and artificial intelligence ("AI");our inability to identify and successfully implement our growth strategies on a timely basis or at all;potential harm to our business, brand, and reputation as a result of security breaches, cyber-attacks, social, ethical, and legal issues relating to the use of new and evolving technologies, employee or other internal misconduct, computer viruses, or the mishandling of personal data;operating in a penetrated and competitive market;our reliance on third-party data providers;our sales to government entities and higher-tier contractors to governmental customers which involve unique competitive, procurement, budget, administrative and contractual risks;due to the sensitive and privacy-driven nature of our products and solutions, we could face liability and legal or regulatory proceedings, which could be costly and time-consuming to defend and may not be fully covered by insurance;our international business exposes us to a number of risks;real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our products could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects;our ability to identify attractive targets or successfully complete such transactions;failure to comply with anti-corruption, economic and trade sanctions, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations;disruptions at our Operation Centers of Excellence and other operational sites;our contracts with our customers, which do not guarantee exclusivity or contracted volumes;the timing, manner and volume of repurchases of common stock pursuant to our share repurchase program;disruptions, outages, or other errors with our technology and network infrastructure, including our data centers, servers, and third-party cloud and internet providers and our migration to the cloud;the continued integration of our platforms and solutions with human resource providers such as applicant tracking systems and human capital management systems as well as our relationships with such human resource providers;risks relating to public opinion, which may be magnified by incidents or adverse publicity concerning our industry or operations;our reliance on third-party vendors to carry out certain portions of our operations;our dependence on the service of our key executives and other employees, and our ability to find and retain qualified employees;our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary information;our ability to maintain, protect, and enforce the confidentiality of our trade secrets;the use of open-source software in our applications;seasonality in our operations from quarter to quarter;our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, and prevent us from meeting our obligations;Silver Lake’s control of us and the potential conflict of its interest with ours or those of our stockholders; andchanging interpretations of tax laws. For additional information on these and other factors that could cause First Advantage’s actual results to differ materially from expected results, please see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as such factors may be updated from time to time in our filings with the SEC, which are or will be accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The forward-looking statements included in this press release are made only as of the date of this press release, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise, except as required by law.
Non-GAAP Financial Information
This press release contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA Margin,” “Adjusted Net Income,” and “Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share.”
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share have been presented in this press release as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors in highlighting trends in our operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate, and capital investments. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to establish discretionary annual incentive compensation, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. Management supplements GAAP results with non-GAAP financial measures to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone.
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, and as further adjusted for loss on extinguishment of debt, share-based compensation, transaction and acquisition-related charges, integration and restructuring charges, and other non-cash charges. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues. We define Adjusted Net Income for a particular period as net income before taxes adjusted for debt-related costs, acquisition-related depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, transaction and acquisition-related charges, integration and restructuring charges, and other non-cash charges, to which we then apply the related effective tax rate. We define Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share as Adjusted Net Income divided by adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted.
For reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see the reconciliations included at the end of this press release.
The presentations of these measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our press release. Certain other amounts that appear in this press release may not sum due to rounding.
About First Advantage
First Advantage (NASDAQ: FA) is a global software and data company. We provide comprehensive, end-to-end identity solutions, criminal background screening, credential verifications, drug and health screening, and continuous risk monitoring. Combining AI-powered proprietary technology platforms with proprietary data, primary source data, and third-party data, we help organizations hire with confidence and manage risk across the entire employee lifecycle. With over 80,000 customers worldwide – including approximately two-thirds of the Fortune 100 – we deliver fast, comprehensive, and reliable solutions for employers, their candidates, and their employees. We conduct more than 200 million screens annually across over 200 countries and territories, supported by our verticalized go-to-market strategy, decades of experience, and proprietary databases containing over 1 billion records. For more information, please visit our website at https://fadv.com/.
First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and par value amounts) June 30, 2026 December 31, 2025ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $237,900 $239,998 Restricted cash 110 86 Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,792 and $8,084 at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively) 309,282 297,281 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 26,472 15,323 Income tax receivable 7,282 9,010 Total current assets 581,046 561,698 Property and equipment, net 227,267 250,865 Goodwill 2,135,158 2,143,604 Intangible assets, net 785,062 857,111 Deferred tax asset, net 4,289 4,183 Other assets 14,424 16,341 TOTAL ASSETS $3,747,246 $3,833,802 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES Accounts payable $124,250 $109,888 Accrued compensation 55,432 60,537 Accrued liabilities 40,564 49,140 Current portion of operating lease liability 3,125 3,568 Income tax payable 1,319 2,298 Deferred revenues 5,251 5,028 Total current liabilities 229,941 230,459 Long-term debt (net of deferred financing costs of $30,756 and $34,498 at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively) 2,033,781 2,080,039 Deferred tax liability, net 172,266 190,255 Operating lease liability, less current portion 4,155 5,525 Other liabilities 13,149 13,972 Total liabilities 2,453,292 2,520,250 EQUITY Common stock - $0.001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 171,571,364 and 174,190,461 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively 172 174 Additional paid-in-capital 1,541,000 1,528,315 Accumulated deficit (214,107) (194,632)Accumulated other comprehensive loss (33,111) (20,305)Total equity 1,293,954 1,313,552 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $3,747,246 $3,833,802 First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30,(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 2026 2025REVENUES $448,763 $390,633 OPERATING EXPENSES: Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) 244,771 207,841 Product and technology expense 27,265 25,676 Selling, general, and administrative expense 57,811 57,473 Depreciation and amortization 61,893 61,906 Total operating expenses 391,740 352,896 INCOME FROM OPERATIONS 57,023 37,737 OTHER EXPENSE, NET: Interest expense, net 31,608 44,785 Loss on extinguishment of debt 359 254 Total other expense, net 31,967 45,039 INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 25,056 (7,302)Provision (benefit) for income taxes 8,142 (7,610)NET INCOME $16,914 $308 Foreign currency translation (loss) income (5,886) 14,384 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME $11,028 $14,692 NET INCOME $16,914 $308 Basic net income per share $0.10 $0.00 Diluted net income per share $0.10 $0.00 Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic 171,747,641 173,288,662 Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted 173,225,170 175,069,451 First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited) Six Months Ended June 30,(in thousands) 2026 2025CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income (loss) $19,082 $(40,886)Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 124,083 123,572 Loss on extinguishment of debt 733 254 Amortization of deferred financing costs 3,009 3,205 Bad debt expense (recovery) 792 (1,495)Deferred taxes (18,124) (26,965)Share-based compensation 9,670 13,709 Loss on disposal and impairment of long-lived assets 6,864 527 Change in fair value of interest rate swaps (8,172) 6,419 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable (13,486) (13,033)Prepaid expenses and other assets (9,854) 1,878 Accounts payable 16,470 (12,049)Accrued compensation and accrued liabilities (7,452) 2,585 Deferred revenues 241 501 Operating lease liabilities 149 (155)Other liabilities (1,835) (308)Income taxes receivable and payable, net 857 (943)Net cash provided by operating activities 123,027 56,816 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Capitalized software development costs (28,075) (22,180)Purchases of property and equipment (7,464) (1,718)Other investing activities 2,028 82 Net cash used in investing activities (33,511) (23,816)CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Repayments of First Lien Credit Facility (50,000) (20,462)Share repurchases (38,179) — Proceeds from issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans 4,334 2,219 Net settlement of share-based compensation plan awards (1,318) (2,761)Cash dividends paid (79) (103)Net cash used in financing activities (85,242) (21,107)Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (6,348) 2,969 (Decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (2,074) 14,862 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 240,084 169,483 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period $238,010 $184,345 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received $26,457 $24,273 Cash paid for interest $69,327 $84,140 NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Property and equipment acquired on account $1,177 $426 Excise taxes on share repurchases incurred but not paid $381 $— Reconciliation of Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Three Months Ended June 30,(in thousands, except percentages) 2026 2025Net income $16,914 $308 Interest expense, net 31,608 44,785 Provision (benefit) for income taxes 8,142 (7,610)Depreciation and amortization 61,893 61,906 Loss on extinguishment of debt 359 254 Share-based compensation(a) 5,240 5,742 Transaction and acquisition-related charges(b) 497 2,390 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(c) 3,868 6,171 Adjusted EBITDA $128,521 $113,946 Revenues 448,763 390,633 Net income margin 3.8% 0.1%Adjusted EBITDA Margin 28.6% 29.2% (a)Share-based compensation for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, includes approximately $0.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 modification of the vesting terms of outstanding unvested and unearned performance-based options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards.(b)Represents charges incurred related to acquisitions and similar transactions, primarily consisting of change in control-related costs, professional service fees, and other third-party costs. Transaction and acquisition related charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $0.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition.(c)Represents charges from organizational restructuring and integration activities, non-cash, and other charges primarily related to nonrecurring legal exposures, foreign currency (gains) losses, (gains) losses on the sale of assets, and other non-recurring items. Integration, restructuring, and other charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $2.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of expense associated with the integration of Sterling. Reconciliation of Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
Three Months Ended June 30,(in thousands) 2026 2025Net income $16,914 $308 Provision (benefit) for income taxes 8,142 (7,610)Income (loss) before provision for income taxes 25,056 (7,302)Debt-related charges(a) (1,632) 5,239 Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization(b) 49,877 50,885 Share-based compensation(c) 5,240 5,742 Transaction and acquisition-related charges(d) 497 2,390 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(e) 3,868 6,171 Adjusted Net Income before income tax effect 82,906 63,125 Less: Adjusted income taxes(f) 21,480 16,160 Adjusted Net Income $61,426 $46,965 Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025Diluted net income per share $0.10 $0.00 Adjusted Net Income adjustments per share Provision (benefit) for income taxes 0.05 (0.04)Debt-related charges(a) (0.01) 0.03 Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization(b) 0.29 0.29 Share-based compensation(c) 0.03 0.03 Transaction and acquisition related charges(d) 0.00 0.01 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(e) 0.01 0.04 Adjusted income taxes(f) (0.12) (0.09)Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (Non-GAAP) $0.35 $0.27 Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computation of Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share: Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (GAAP and Non-GAAP) 173,225,170 175,069,451 (a)Represents the loss on extinguishment and non-cash interest expense associated with the amortization of debt issuance costs related to the refinancing of the Company’s First Lien Credit Facility. This adjustment also includes the impact of changes in fair value of interest rate swaps, which represents the difference between unrealized fair value gains or losses and actual cash payments and receipts on the interest rate swaps.(b)Represents the depreciation and amortization expense related to incremental intangible and developed technology assets recorded due to the application of ASC 805, Business Combinations. As a result, the purchase accounting related depreciation and amortization expense will recur in future periods until the related assets are fully depreciated or amortized, and the related purchase accounting assets may contribute to revenue generation.(c)Share-based compensation for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, includes approximately $0.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 modification of the vesting terms of outstanding unvested and unearned performance-based options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards. (d)Represents charges incurred related to acquisitions and similar transactions, primarily consisting of change in control-related costs, professional service fees, and other third-party costs. Transaction and acquisition related charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $0.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition.(e)Represents charges from organizational restructuring and integration activities, non-cash, and other charges primarily related to nonrecurring legal exposures, foreign currency (gains) losses, (gains) losses on the sale of assets, and other non-recurring items. Integration, restructuring, and other charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $2.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of expense associated with the integration of Sterling.(f)Effective tax rates of approximately 25.9% and 25.6% have been used to compute Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.
Odvětví správy investic má podle Zacks dobré vyhlídky díky růstu ETF, penzijních úspor, AI a alternativních investic. BlackRock, Ameriprise i Invesco z toho mohou těžit přes vyšší AUM a příjmy z poplatků.
The Zacks Investment Management industry is well-positioned for growth, supported by structural shifts in investor preferences, rapid technological advancements and expanding opportunities in alternative investments. Rising adoption of low-cost investment products, resilient retirement savings, AI-driven operational transformation, and increasing demand for private markets and digital assets are expected to drive higher assets under management (AUM), improve profitability and strengthen long-term growth prospects.
Against this backdrop, leading asset managers such as BlackRock, Ameriprise Financial and Invesco are well-placed to capitalize on these favorable industry trends through stronger client inflows, expanding fee-based revenues and enhanced operating efficiency.
About the IndustryThe Zacks Investment Management industry comprises companies that manage securities and funds for clients to meet specified investment goals. The companies earn by charging service fees or commissions. Investment managers, also called asset managers, manage hedge funds, mutual funds, private equity, venture capital and other financial investments for third parties.
By appointing an investment manager for one’s assets, investors get more diversification options than if they manage their assets independently. Investment managers invest their clients’ assets in different asset classes, depending on their needs and risk-taking abilities. Hence, the diversification, which investors get by appointing asset managers to manage their assets helps reduce the impacts of volatility and ensures steady returns over time.
3 Themes Influencing the Investment Management IndustryNet Inflows Supported by ETFs & Retirement Assets to Drive AUM Growth: The ongoing migration from traditional mutual funds to exchange-traded funds (ETFs) continues to reshape the asset management industry, as investors increasingly favor these products for their lower costs, tax efficiency, liquidity and broader range of investment strategies, particularly actively managed ETFs.
Retirement savings represent another resilient driver of industry growth. Unlike market-sensitive investment flows, vehicles like individual retirement accounts (IRAs) and 401(k) plans receive recurring employee and employer contributions, providing investment managers with a consistent stream of long-term capital across market cycles. The continued expansion of managed advisory accounts and wealth management services further strengthens this recurring flow of assets into professionally managed investment products.
These structural inflows are expected to provide a solid foundation for AUM growth, while favorable market performance can offer an additional tailwind through asset appreciation. As client portfolios expand through both new investments and higher market valuations, asset managers stand to benefit from rising fee-based revenues, given that management fees are largely calculated as a percentage of AUM. Consequently, sustained ETF adoption, steady retirement contributions and continued growth in advisory assets are likely to support higher AUM over the near to medium term.
AI-Led Digital Transformation to Enhance Efficiency: Asset managers are increasingly integrating AI and machine learning into investment research, portfolio construction, risk management, and compliance functions to process vast amounts of structured and unstructured data in real time. These technologies enable faster investment decisions, improve risk identification and uncover investment opportunities that traditional analytical methods may overlook, helping firms deliver stronger investment outcomes and remain competitive in an increasingly data-driven market.
Beyond investment management, AI is streamlining middle- and back-office operations by automating repetitive and time-intensive tasks, reducing manual intervention, improving operational accuracy and lowering administrative costs. As operating expenses decline, investment managers are expected to benefit from improved operating leverage and stronger profitability, even amid fee compression across traditional asset management products.
Generative AI is also reshaping client engagement and wealth management. Firms are embedding AI-powered assistants and personalized advisory tools into digital platforms to provide customized investment insights, portfolio recommendations and faster client service. These capabilities will enhance the overall investor experience, strengthen client retention and support new asset gathering by enabling advisors to serve a larger client base more efficiently.
Growing Demand for Alternatives to Support Growth: Rising investor demand for alternative investments is expected to remain a key growth driver for the industry. As investors seek greater diversification, higher risk-adjusted returns and stable income streams, allocations to private credit, private equity, infrastructure, real estate and hedge funds continue to increase. This trend presents a significant opportunity for asset managers to expand AUM and diversify revenue sources, as alternative products typically command higher management and performance fees than traditional investment products.
An emerging opportunity lies in digital assets and tokenized investment products as well. Improving regulatory clarity and rising investor acceptance are encouraging asset managers to expand their digital asset offerings, while tokenized funds are gaining traction for their ability to enhance liquidity, improve operational efficiency and broaden investor access through fractional ownership. As investment managers continue to strengthen their alternatives and digital capabilities, they are likely to attract higher client inflows, grow fee-generating AUM and enhance long-term profitability.
Zacks Industry Rank Indicates Bright ProspectsThe Zacks Investment Management industry is a 36-stock group within the broader Zacks Finance sector. The industry currently carries a Zacks Industry Rank #58, which places it at the top 24% of more than 250 Zacks industries.
The group’s Zacks Industry Rank, which is the average of the Zacks Rank of all the member stocks, indicates outperformance in the near term. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than two to one.
The industry’s positioning in the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries is because of an improving earnings outlook for the constituent companies in aggregate. The aggregate earnings estimate revisions show that analysts are gradually gaining confidence in this group’s growth potential. Since May 2026-end, the industry’s most recent earnings estimates for the current year have been revised marginally higher.
Thus, we present a few stocks from the industry that you may want to invest in for long-term gains. But before that, let us check out the industry’s recent stock market performance and valuation picture.
Industry vs. Broader Sector
In the past two years, the Zacks Investment Management industry has underperformed the S&P 500 Index and its sector. Stocks in the industry have collectively gained 12%, while the S&P 500 composite has rallied 50.9% and the Zacks Finance Sector has appreciated 42.2%.
Industry's Current ValuationOne might get a good sense of the industry’s relative valuation by looking at its price-to-tangible book ratio (P/TB), which is commonly used for valuing investment management companies because of large variations in their earnings from one quarter to the next.
The industry currently has a trailing 12-month P/TB of 3.98X. This compares with the highest level of 7.45X, the lowest level of 2.75X and the median of 4.48 over the past five years. The industry is trading at a significant discount compared with the market at large, as the trailing 12-month P/TB for the S&P 500 composite is 9.54X.
As finance stocks typically have a low P/TB ratio, comparing investment managers with the S&P 500 may not make sense to many investors. However, the comparison of the group’s P/TB ratio with that of its broader sector seems more meaningful.
When we compare the group’s P/TB ratio with the broader Finance sector, it seems the group is trading at a decent discount. The Zacks Finance sector’s trailing 12-month P/TB of 6.00X for the same period is above the Zacks Investment Management industry’s ratio.
3 Investment Management Stocks to BuyBlackRock: The New York, NY-based Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) company is the largest asset manager (by assets) in the United States. The company’s broad product diversification, its revenue mix and a steadily improving AUM balance have been aiding the top line. As of June 30, 2026, BlackRock’s total AUM was a record $15.34 trillion.
BLK has been enhancing its competitive position through disciplined acquisitions and strategic partnerships that expand its capabilities across private markets, technology and investment solutions. Acquisitions, including those of Global Infrastructure Partners, HPS Investment Partners, Preqin, ElmTree Funds and SpiderRock, have significantly strengthened the firm’s presence in alternative assets, private credit, infrastructure, data analytics and customized wealth solutions, while complementing its Aladdin technology ecosystem.
Backed by a robust balance sheet and strong cash generation, the company remains well-positioned to pursue additional value-accretive acquisitions, supporting sustainable long-term growth and shareholder value creation.
Over the last five years (2020-2025), the company’s AUM witnessed a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 10.1%, supported by market appreciation, client inflows and acquisitions. Over the same period, its revenues (on a GAAP basis) saw a CAGR of 8.4%. The uptrend in revenues and AUM continued in the first half of 2026. Given its efforts to strengthen iShares and ETF operations, along with the company’s increased focus on the active equity business, AUM growth is expected to continue.
In the past six months, shares of BlackRock have gained 7.1%. Over the past seven days, the Zacks Consensus Estimate for the company’s 2026 earnings has been unchanged at $55.63 per share.
Ameriprise: Headquartered in Minneapolis, AMP provides financial planning and related services through its Advice & Wealth Management, Asset Management, and Retirement & Protection Solutions segments. As of June 30, 2026, the company’s total assets under management, administration and advisement were a record $1.81 trillion.
Over the last five years (ending 2025), the company’s net revenues (GAAP basis) saw a CAGR of 9.2% and AUM/AUA witnessed a CAGR of 9%. The uptrend in AUM/AUA and revenues continued in the first half of 2026. AMP is expanding AI capabilities across advisor workflows to enhance productivity, deepen client engagement and deliver more personalized financial advice, reinforcing its competitive edge. These initiatives, coupled with strong advisor recruitment, record adviser productivity, continued AUM/AUA growth and rising adoption of fee-based solutions, are expected to keep supporting consistent revenue expansion.
Ameriprise has consistently optimized its business portfolio to sharpen focus on higher-growth, fee-based businesses and improve long-term profitability. The acquisition of BMO Financial Group’s EMEA asset management business strengthened its global asset management franchise and diversified its geographic footprint, while the divestiture of the Ameriprise Auto & Home business enabled the company to concentrate on its core wealth and asset management operations. At the same time, Ameriprise Bank has become an increasingly important growth engine.
Since Ameriprise’s operations are majorly dependent on the performance of the equity markets and client activities, it benefited significantly during 2020 and the first couple of months of 2021 because of the coronavirus outbreak-induced market volatility. While markets began to normalize in second-quarter 2021, volatility increased again from 2022 due to several geopolitical and macroeconomic concerns. Although volatility is likely to persist for some time in the near term, aiding the company’s top-line growth, any significant change in client activity toward the negative side might hurt Ameriprise’s financials.
In the past six months, AMP shares have gained 2%. Over the past seven days, the Zacks Consensus Estimate for the company’s 2026 earnings has been revised marginally higher to $46.12. The company currently flaunts a Zacks Rank #1.
Invesco: Headquartered in Atlanta, IVZ operates as an independent investment manager and offers a wide range of investment products and services. As of June 30, 2026, it had AUM worth $2.47 trillion. While the company’s total AUM balance declined in 2022, the metric witnessed a CAGR of 10% in the last five years (ending 2025). The uptrend continued in the first half of 2026.
IVZ has been taking steps to constantly accelerate AUM growth. It continues to position QQQ around total cost of ownership, liquidity, scale and an entrenched shareholder base, with no immediate plans for fee reductions. These attributes help Invesco capture more economics from a large global franchise while extending the brand outside the United States. Also, Invesco's product pipeline remains active, with more than 50 new products launched year to date, including active ETFs, while partnerships with Barings and LGT Capital are aimed at expanding private wealth and defined contribution opportunities.
Invesco has been undertaking initiatives to improve operating efficiency. The company completed the sale of its Canadian fund management business in June, and formed a long-term subadvisory partnership. It also shifted its India partnership to a minority stake and subadvisor role, reducing operating expenses while retaining strategic exposure. These actions are occurring alongside the hybrid investment platform rollout, which remains on track for completion by the end of 2026.
Apart from a strong presence in the United States, Invesco maintains a solid foothold across the Asia Pacific and EMEA. As of June 30, 2026, Asia Pacific represented 15% of total AUM and EMEA represented 16%. The company generated net long-term inflows of $21.4 billion in Asia Pacific and $13.7 billion in EMEA in the first six months of 2026.
The China JV also reached record AUM of $163.2 billion and generated $19.2 billion in total net inflows. The acquisition of Europe-based Source, a leading, independent specialist provider of ETFs, continues to drive the company’s global presence. This geographic diversification gives Invesco multiple sources of demand as clients rebalance portfolios across regions, asset classes and channels.
In the past six months, IVZ shares have gained 19.3%. In the past seven days, the Zacks Consensus Estimate for the company’s 2026 earnings has been revised 1.1% higher to $2.81. Currently, Invesco sports a Zacks Rank #1. You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank stocks here.
Why Haven't You Looked at Zacks' Top Stocks?Since 2000, our top stock-picking strategies have blown away the S&P's +7.7% average gain per year. Amazingly, they soared with average gains of +48.4%, +50.2% and +56.7% per year.
Today you can access their live picks without cost or obligation.
See Stocks Free >>
Join us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ZacksInvestmentResearch/
Zacks Investment Research is under common control with affiliated entities (including a broker-dealer and an investment adviser), which may engage in transactions involving the foregoing securities for the clients of such affiliates.
Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Inherent in any investment is the potential for loss. This material is being provided for informational purposes only and nothing herein constitutes investment, legal, accounting or tax advice, or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold a security. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. It should not be assumed that any investments in securities, companies, sectors or markets identified and described were or will be profitable. All information is current as of the date of herein and is subject to change without notice. Any views or opinions expressed may not reflect those of the firm as a whole. Zacks Investment Research does not engage in investment banking, market making or asset management activities of any securities. These returns are from hypothetical portfolios consisting of stocks with Zacks Rank = 1 that were rebalanced monthly with zero transaction costs. These are not the returns of actual portfolios of stocks. The S&P 500 is an unmanaged index. Visit https://www.zacks.com/performance for information about the performance numbers displayed in this press release.
180 Wealth Advisors LLC ve 2. čtvrtletí snížila podíl v PNC o 19,4 % na 18 241 akcií. PNC zároveň oznámila vyšší čtvrtletní dividendu 2,00 USD na akcii z předchozích 1,70 USD.
180 Wealth Advisors LLC reduced its holdings in The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc (NYSE:PNC – Free Report) by 19.4% during the 2nd quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 18,241 shares of the financial services provider’s stock after selling 4,399 shares during the period. 180 Wealth Advisors LLC’s holdings in The PNC Financial Services Group were worth $4,491,000 as of its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Several other large investors also recently bought and sold shares of PNC. Monetary Solutions Ltd acquired a new stake in shares of The PNC Financial Services Group in the 4th quarter worth $25,000. Quarry LP acquired a new stake in The PNC Financial Services Group during the third quarter worth about $25,000. Modus Advisors LLC purchased a new position in The PNC Financial Services Group during the fourth quarter worth about $29,000. Financial Life Planners acquired a new position in The PNC Financial Services Group in the 1st quarter valued at about $31,000. Finally, Wilkerson Advisory Group LLC grew its stake in shares of The PNC Financial Services Group by 93.4% in the 1st quarter. Wilkerson Advisory Group LLC now owns 147 shares of the financial services provider’s stock valued at $31,000 after buying an additional 71 shares during the period. Hedge funds and other institutional investors own 83.53% of the company’s stock.
Analysts Set New Price Targets A number of research analysts recently commented on the company. Morgan Stanley upped their price objective on The PNC Financial Services Group from $267.00 to $278.00 and gave the company an “equal weight” rating in a report on Monday, June 29th. Stephens lifted their target price on The PNC Financial Services Group from $265.00 to $275.00 and gave the company an “overweight” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 16th. Oppenheimer increased their price target on The PNC Financial Services Group from $271.00 to $281.00 and gave the stock an “outperform” rating in a report on Thursday, July 16th. Barclays raised their price objective on The PNC Financial Services Group from $277.00 to $284.00 and gave the stock an “overweight” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 16th. Finally, Truist Financial upped their target price on shares of The PNC Financial Services Group from $257.00 to $264.00 and gave the company a “hold” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 16th. One analyst has rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, seventeen have issued a Buy rating and four have given a Hold rating to the stock. According to MarketBeat, the stock has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average price target of $265.73.
Check Out Our Latest Stock Report on The PNC Financial Services Group
The PNC Financial Services Group Stock Performance NYSE PNC opened at $255.29 on Thursday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.29, a current ratio of 0.85 and a quick ratio of 0.84. The company has a market cap of $102.52 billion, a P/E ratio of 14.05, a P/E/G ratio of 1.01 and a beta of 0.91. The stock has a 50-day moving average of $242.23 and a two-hundred day moving average of $226.94. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc has a 1-year low of $176.88 and a 1-year high of $256.49.
The PNC Financial Services Group (NYSE:PNC – Get Free Report) last issued its quarterly earnings results on Wednesday, July 15th. The financial services provider reported $4.85 earnings per share for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $4.46 by $0.39. The PNC Financial Services Group had a return on equity of 12.48% and a net margin of 21.41%.The company had revenue of $6.88 billion for the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $6.51 billion. During the same quarter in the prior year, the business earned $3.85 EPS. The PNC Financial Services Group’s revenue was up 21.4% on a year-over-year basis. As a group, analysts anticipate that The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc will post 19.25 EPS for the current year.
The PNC Financial Services Group Increases Dividend The business also recently disclosed a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Wednesday, August 5th. Shareholders of record on Monday, July 20th were issued a dividend of $2.00 per share. The ex-dividend date of this dividend was Monday, July 20th. This is an increase from The PNC Financial Services Group’s previous quarterly dividend of $1.70. This represents a $8.00 dividend on an annualized basis and a yield of 3.1%. The PNC Financial Services Group’s dividend payout ratio is 44.03%.
Insider Activity In related news, EVP Michael Duane Thomas sold 1,500 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction on Friday, June 12th. The shares were sold at an average price of $238.14, for a total value of $357,210.00. Following the completion of the sale, the executive vice president owned 5,059 shares in the company, valued at $1,204,750.26. This represents a 22.87% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available through the SEC website. Also, Director Andrew T. Feldstein sold 45,000 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction dated Tuesday, May 26th. The shares were sold at an average price of $220.57, for a total transaction of $9,925,650.00. Following the completion of the sale, the director directly owned 10,749 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $2,370,906.93. The trade was a 80.72% decrease in their ownership of the stock. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. Insiders have sold 48,300 shares of company stock valued at $10,694,574 in the last ninety days. 0.38% of the stock is currently owned by company insiders.
The PNC Financial Services Group Profile (Free Report)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, offering a broad range of banking, lending, investment and wealth management services. PNC operates a national banking franchise with a significant retail branch network and dedicated capabilities for commercial, institutional and government clients. Its services are designed to serve individuals, small businesses, corporations and public sector entities across the United States.
PNC’s core business activities include consumer and business banking, residential mortgage lending, corporate and institutional banking, asset management and wealth advisory services.
Read More Five stocks we like better than The PNC Financial Services Group SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth Want to see what other hedge funds are holding PNC? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc (NYSE:PNC – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for The PNC Financial Services Group Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for The PNC Financial Services Group and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEGrowth Stocks To Consider – August 4th
NEXT HEADLINE »Social Media Stocks To Follow Now – August 4th
Newmark koupil německou společnost L+P Immobilienbewertungs GmbH a rozšířil tím oceňování a advisory v Evropě. Jde o čtvrtou akvizici v této divizi letos.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Newmark Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: NMRK) ("Newmark" or the "Company"), a leading commercial real estate advisor and service provider to large institutional investors, global corporations and other owners and occupiers, announces the acquisition of L+P Immobilienbewertungs GmbH ("L+P"), which will become part of Newmark's Valuation & Advisory business within Investor Solutions.
Founded more than 25 years ago, L+P has grown into one of Germany's most established full-service real estate valuation firms, with a team of more than 40 professionals serving institutional clients across Europe. The firm is recognized for its expertise across commercial, residential and specialized real estate, supported by deep local market knowledge and a long-standing reputation for high-quality valuations.
"Our focus always has been on delivering independent, reliable and high-quality valuation advice," said Dr. Helge Ludwig, Founder of L+P. "Joining Newmark allows us to combine that expertise with an international platform and complementary technology capabilities. Together, we can deliver greater value to clients while creating new opportunities for our people."
"L+P is an outstanding addition to Newmark and another important step in the expansion of our Valuation and Advisory business across Europe," said John Busi, President, Newmark Valuation & Advisory. "As our fourth Valuation & Advisory acquisition this year, it further strengthens our ability to support clients with market-leading expertise, technology-enabled capabilities and a growing international platform."
"The German market demands valuation expertise that combines technical rigor with decades of market experience," said Marcus Lütgering, Country Head, Germany at Newmark. "With L+P, we are adding a team that has been trusted for more than a quarter of a century to deliver precise, court-tested appraisals for investors, banks, fund initiators and public-sector clients. Together, we are further enhancing our ability to deliver greater value to investors, lenders and institutional clients."
The acquisition builds on Newmark's continued investment in Valuation & Advisory, including Catella Valuation Advisory in France, the Altus Group Canadian Appraisals business, and einwert, which joined Newmark in Germany earlier this year. Together, these investments strengthen Newmark's valuation capabilities across key international markets.
About Newmark
Newmark Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: NMRK), together with its subsidiaries ("Newmark"), is a world leader in commercial real estate, seamlessly powering every phase of the property life cycle. Newmark's comprehensive suite of services and products is uniquely tailored to each client, from owners to occupiers, investors to founders, and startups to blue-chip companies. Combining the platform's global reach with market intelligence in both established and emerging property markets, Newmark provides superior service to clients across the industry spectrum. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2026, Newmark generated revenues of more than $3.6 billion. As of June 30, 2026, Newmark and its business partners together operated from over 195 offices with more than 10,000 professionals across four continents. To learn more, visit nmrk.com or follow @newmark.
Discussion of Forward-Looking Statements about Newmark
Statements in this document regarding Newmark that are not historical facts are "forward-looking statements" that involve risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. These include statements about the Company's business, results, financial position, liquidity, and outlook, which may constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to the risk that the actual impact may differ, possibly materially, from what is currently expected. Except as required by law, Newmark undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements. For a discussion of additional risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements, see Newmark's Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including, but not limited to, the risk factors and Special Note on Forward-Looking Information set forth in these filings and any updates to such risk factors and Special Note on Forward-Looking Information contained in subsequent reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K.
IPG Photonics ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby na 279 milionů USD, meziročně o 11 %, už potřetí v řadě dvouciferně. Růst táhly průmyslové systémy, hlavně svařování pro výrobu baterií.
IPG Photonics (NASDAQ:IPGP) reported second-quarter 2026 revenue of $279 million, up 11% from a year earlier and representing its third consecutive quarter of double-digit year-over-year sales growth. Revenue exceeded the midpoint of the company’s guidance, while bookings improved and book-to-bill remained above one, according to management.
CEO Mark Gitin said growth was led by industrial solutions, particularly welding applications tied to battery manufacturing. The company also cited contributions from cleaning and additive manufacturing, while advanced solutions improved sequentially on demand from semiconductor customers.
“Growth in both revenue and bookings points to sustained demand for our products across our end markets,” Gitin said.
Industrial Growth Led by Battery Welding Industrial solutions revenue increased 16% year over year and 4% sequentially in the second quarter. CFO Tim Mammen attributed the annual increase to growth in welding, marking, cleaning and additive manufacturing, while the sequential gain was driven primarily by welding and cleaning.
Management said demand in battery manufacturing remained strong across electric-vehicle and stationary-storage applications. Gitin said stationary storage is increasingly being supported by data-center energy requirements associated with artificial intelligence, as well as grid stability needs tied to solar and other renewable-energy sources.
The company said its battery-related wins have been supported by its Adjustable Mode Beam lasers, beam-delivery technology and real-time process monitoring capabilities. Gitin said those offerings have helped IPG secure recent business with two major global automotive manufacturers.
Additive manufacturing revenue also grew significantly from the prior year. Gitin said IPG’s latest laser products can raise process speeds by roughly 1.5 to two times in certain applications, which the company said can improve customer productivity and lower the total cost per part. The company is working with OEM customers to expand additive manufacturing beyond its traditional aerospace and defense uses into areas including medical and consumer devices.
Sales of emerging growth products represented 58% of total second-quarter revenue, up from 53% in the first quarter. Mammen said the increase was driven by strong growth in lasers and solutions for battery manufacturing processes.
Advanced Solutions Shows Semiconductor Momentum Advanced solutions revenue declined 9% year over year, as growth in semiconductor applications was offset by lower micromachining and defense revenue. However, the segment increased 10% sequentially, supported by semiconductor growth and an improvement in micromachining applications.
Gitin said the company is gaining business with large semiconductor-equipment manufacturers in lithography, metrology and inspection applications. He said IPG is working with customers on product design and development opportunities as demand rises for GPUs and high-bandwidth memory chips used in AI-related applications.
In defense, IPG began shipping Lockheed Martin’s order for its CROSSBOW directed-energy system during the second quarter and expects to ship additional units in the third quarter. Gitin said the company recently demonstrated CROSSBOW at White Sands Missile Range and that the system has undergone testing in domestic and overseas environments.
Management said it sees potential for the system in military and civilian infrastructure applications, citing the need for cost-effective countermeasures against Group 1 and Group 2 drones.
Medical Acquisition and Business Outlook On July 16, IPG entered into a binding offer to acquire Lumibird Medical, which provides diagnostic and treatment systems for ophthalmology. The company expects the transaction to close in the fourth quarter of 2026.
Gitin said the acquisition would expand IPG’s advanced solutions business into medical markets, combine its urology business with Lumibird Medical’s ophthalmology operations, and increase the company’s addressable medical market by approximately $1 billion. IPG expects the deal to be accretive to gross margin, EBITDA and adjusted earnings per share in its first year.
Separately, management said medical bookings and backlog remain strong, with shipments expected to increase during the second half of 2026. Gitin said the company expects its existing medical business, currently representing roughly 7% to 8% of revenue according to comments on the call, to more than double over the next two to three years. New product approvals and introductions are planned for 2026 and 2027.
Margins, Cash Position and Third-Quarter Guidance GAAP gross margin was 40.4%, while adjusted gross margin was 40.7%, above the company’s guidance range. Results included approximately $4.7 million in tariff refunds, contributing about 170 basis points to gross margin. Lower inventory provisions and product costs also helped margins, though Mammen said manufacturing cost absorption remains below the company’s medium-term target.
GAAP operating income was $5 million, and GAAP diluted earnings per share were $0.12. Adjusted operating income was $24 million, while adjusted diluted earnings per share were $0.58. Adjusted EBITDA totaled $49 million. The company ended the quarter with $871 million in cash equivalents and short-term investments, $33 million in long-term investments and no debt. Cash flow from operations was $38 million, while capital expenditures were $21 million during the quarter. IPG maintained its full-year capital-expenditure outlook of $90 million to $100 million, including spending for a major fiber manufacturing facility in Germany.
For the third quarter, the company forecast revenue of $265 million to $295 million, adjusted gross margin of 37.5% to 40.5%, and adjusted diluted earnings per share of $0.30 to $0.60. The outlook incorporates an estimated tariff impact of about 150 basis points on adjusted gross margin. IPG expects third-quarter adjusted EBITDA of $35 million to $51 million.
Mammen said the company expects operating expenses to rise modestly as it continues investing in growth initiatives, while management continues to pursue product-cost reductions, manufacturing-efficiency improvements and pricing optimization in differentiated applications.
About IPG Photonics (NASDAQ:IPGP) IPG Photonics Corporation is a global leader in the design and manufacture of high-performance fiber lasers and amplifiers used in industrial, medical, scientific, and telecommunications applications. The company’s core products include ytterbium and erbium fiber lasers, diode lasers, and fiber amplifiers that deliver high power and efficiency for precision cutting, welding, marking, and engraving. IPG’s systems are engineered to optimize process speed, reliability, and energy consumption, making them a preferred choice for advanced manufacturing environments.
In addition to stand-alone laser sources, IPG offers turnkey laser systems and integrated solutions tailored to sectors such as automotive, electronics, aerospace, additive manufacturing, and life sciences.
HubSpot, Inc. (HUBS) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 4:30 PM EDT
Company Participants
Geoff Koegler
Yamini Rangan - CEO, President and Director
Kathryn Bueker - CFO & Treasurer
Conference Call Participants
Samad Samana - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Rishi Jaluria - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division
Brian Peterson - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Eamon Coughlin - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Giancarlo Valle - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Gabriela Borges - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Ivan Radojicic - Wolfe Research, LLC
Jackson Ader - KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., Research Division
Sitikantha Panigrahi - Mizuho Securities USA LLC, Research Division
J. Lane - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good day, everyone. My name is Lenius, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome you to HubSpot's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] At this time, I would like to turn the call over to Vice President, Investor Relations, Geoff Koegler. Please go ahead.
Geoff Koegler
Thanks, operator. Good afternoon, and welcome to HubSpot's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. Today, we'll be discussing the results announced in the press release we issued this afternoon. With me on the call this afternoon is Yamini Rangan, our Chief Executive Officer; Dharmesh Shah, our Co-Founder and CTO; and Kate Bueker, our Chief Financial Officer.
Before we start, I'd like to draw your attention to the safe harbor statement included in today's press release. During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws that are subject to risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our financial guidance for the third fiscal quarter and full year 2026, future financial performance, business outlook and strategy.
These statements reflect our views only as of today and, except as required by law, we
Nintendo za 1. fiskální čtvrtletí překonalo odhady tržeb i čistého zisku, i když prodeje Switch 2 meziročně klesly o 34,4 % na 3,82 milionu kusů. Firma potvrdila celoroční výhled tržeb na 2,05 bilionu jenů.
Nintendo reported fiscal first-quarter earnings on Thursday, beating analysts' revenue and profit estimates, even as its Switch 2 console sales saw a sharp decline.
Here's how Nintendo did in its fiscal first quarter ended June 30, compared with LSEG median estimates:
Revenue: 517.8 billion Japanese yen ($3.28 billion) versus 444.96 billion yen expected.Net profit: 147.4 billion yen versus 78.30 billion yen expected. Shares of the Japanese gaming giant closed 2.87% higher ahead of its earnings release.
The company maintained its forecast for the year ending March 2027 announced in May, keeping its net sales outlook unchanged at 2.05 trillion yen.
Nintendo Switch 2 hardware sales fell 34.4% from a year earlier to 3.82 million units, while sales of the original Nintendo Switch dropped 31.8% to 0.66 million units. The company said consumers continued to adopt the Switch 2 despite lower hardware sales than the year-ago period, supported by the release of new titles and other factors.
Nintendo said it has factored nearly a 100 billion yen impact from higher component prices, particularly for memory, and tariffs into its cost of sales.
Nintendo's flagship Switch 2, launched last June, uses memory chips whose prices have risen sharply against a backdrop of robust AI demand.
Nintendo game sales were driven by the solid performance of Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream, which sold 7.94 million units, and Pokémon Pokopia, which sold 1.27 million units.
The company said releasing new titles at regular intervals is crucial to expanding the Switch 2's installed base, adding that a steady pipeline of new games helps broaden the console's appeal to a wider range of consumers.
In the Japanese market, where Nintendo raised Switch 2 prices on May 25, hardware sell-through has remained solid, the company said.
Nintendo earlier announced a $50 price increase for the console in the United States, raising its retail price to $499.99 from $449.99 effective Sept. 1.
Beyond games, Nintendo said "The Super Mario Galaxy Movie" has generated more than $1 billion in global box office revenue since its worldwide release on April 1, making it the second highest-grossing film ever based on a video game.
Microsoft ve čtvrtletí zvýšil tržby o 18 % na 90 miliard USD a cloud Azure a další služby rostly o 43 %. Firma navíc zůstala v kladném volném cash flow ve výši 19,6 miliardy USD.
Over the past year or so, investors haven’t known what to make of artificial intelligence (AI). One the one hand, this next-generation technology has shown great promise for streamlining tasks, simplifying workflows, and generating original content. On the other hand, the veritable spending frenzy raises questions about whether these investments will generate sufficient returns to justify the cost.
For the calendar second quarter, the world's three largest cloud providers -- namely Amazon (AMZN -1.72%) Web Services (AWS), Alphabet's (GOOGL -4.03%) (GOOG -4.05%) Google Cloud, and Microsoft (MSFT -1.09%) Azure -- all reported stunning growth as the demand for AI ramps higher. While the results from each of these tech titans seem to justify the increased investments, one has separated itself from the pack and is the clear choice.
Let's review the results to see which one is an obvious buy.
Image source: Getty Images.
As the long-time leader and pioneer in the space, all eyes were on Amazon when the company delivered its second-quarter results, and it did not disappoint. Total net sales grew 20% to $201 billion, while operating income -- which excludes the non-cash gains related to its investment in AI start-up Anthropic -- jumped 44%.
Today's Change
(
-1.72
%) $
-4.77
Current Price
$
272.65
The biggest contributor was AWS, as cloud revenue increased 37% year over year to $42.2 billion, marking the segment's fastest growth in 18 quarters. CEO Andy Jassy noted that the growth was fueled by strong demand for the company's AI and chips businesses, which each delivered triple-digit growth, achieving run rates exceeding $25 billion. Amazon plans to increase its capex spending to $220 billion, primarily for AI and cloud infrastructure.
MicrosoftDespite fears that AI will decimate the software industry, Microsoft delivered robust results for the company's fiscal 2026 fourth quarter (ended June 30). Revenue grew 18% year over year to $90 billion, as the feared software meltdown never materialized. Operating income -- which excludes changes related to its stakes in Anthropic and OpenAI -- climbed 18% to $41 billion.
Today's Change
(
-1.09
%) $
-5.35
Current Price
$
487.46
The company's cloud segment made headlines, as Azure and other cloud services grew 43% year over year. It's also worth noting that in fiscal 2026, Azure revenue surpassed $100 billion for the first time. While Microsoft didn't reveal full-year plans for 2027, it does expect capex spending of $50 billion in Q1.
AlphabetLike its two main rivals, Alphabet is spending heavily to capture the AI opportunity, and that strategy is paying off. Second quarter revenue grew 24% year over year to $120 billion, while operating income jumped 30% to $41 billion.
Google Cloud was the highlight, with revenue soaring 82% to $25 billion, fueled by demand for AI infrastructure and solutions. CEO Sundar Pichai noted that 90% of Fortune 100 companies use its Gemini Enterprise AI platform. To support the strong demand, Alphabet raised its full-year capex forecast to $200 billion at the midpoint of its guidance.
The clear standoutThe results show a clear trend that supports heavy spending on AI, but not all spending is created equal. Amazon reported negative free cash flow of $7.6 billion, driven by higher capex. Alphabet too reported negative free cash flow of $5.8 billion during the quarter, driven by -- you guessed it -- higher capex. Microsoft was the outlier and clear standout. Despite higher spending, the company delivered free cash flow of $19.6 billion. Furthermore, CFO Amy Hood said the company expects "to remain free cash flow positive in fiscal 2027."
There's more. Microsoft is selling for just 21 times next year's expected earnings, compared to multiples of 25 and 26 for Alphabet and Amazon. So not only is the company being more deliberate in its spending -- keeping its cash flow positive -- but it's also the least expensive of the three.
I have stakes in Amazon, Alphabet, and Microsoft, and I think all three are good bets for the future of AI. But if I could only buy one right now, the smart money is on Microsoft stock.
Zlato prudce vzrostlo po poklesu výnosů amerických dluhopisů a oslabení dolaru, když se zmírnilo napětí na Blízkém východě. Růst zrychlil po proražení rezistence.
OCBC’s Christopher Wong and Sim Moh Siong highlight a sharp rebound in Gold as easing Middle East tensions weighed on Oil and US Treasury yields, softening the US Dollar. Technical buying and short covering accelerated once resistance broke, while central bank demand from the Bank of Korea added support. Near-term momentum is mildly bullish, with key resistance at 4333 and 4393 and support at 4160 and 4077.
Gold breakout on softer yields"Gold rose sharply overnight as easing Middle East tensions drove oil prices lower while US Treasury yields and USD eased. Market expectations for Fed to hike in Sep has eased. About 55% probability priced (vs. 66% a week ago). The sharp move in gold accelerated after prices cleared recent resistance, triggering technical buying and short covering."
"Gold’s strength suggests investors are increasingly pricing a de-escalation of the US-Iran conflict, a normalisation of oil flows through the Strait of Hormuz, lower real interest rates and a softer USD."
"News that the Bank of Korea is preparing to purchase domestically produced gold for the first time in 13 years and that they had recently begun buying gold ETF may also have provided a modest sentiment boost, although the scale and timing of its purchases remain unclear."
"Near-term momentum has improved, with Friday’s upcoming US payrolls report now key to whether the decline in yields, USD and gold’s breakout can be sustained."
"Daily momentum is mild bullish while RSI rose to near overbought conditions. Resistance at 4333 (23.6% fibo retracement of 2026 high to low), 4393 (100 DMA). Support at 4160 (50 DMA), 4077 (21 DMA)."
(This article was created with the help of an Artificial Intelligence tool and reviewed by an editor. Know more.)
Hi-View na projektu Borealis identifikoval pět silných anomálií nabíjitelnosti, které mohou představovat cíle pro budoucí vrtání. Zóna u Cas navíc ukázala mělké i hlubší signály od přibližně 200 do 400 metrů.
VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA – TheNewswire - AUGUST 6, 2026 – HI-VIEW RESOURCES INC. (“Hi-View” or the “Company”) (CSE: GXLD; OTC: GXLDF; FSE: B630) announces preliminary 2026 field results from the Borealis Project in the Toodoggone Mining District of north-central British Columbia. Hi-View has now completed 14 line-kilometres of induced polarization ("IP") survey over the historical Cas showing at the Borealis Project. The 2026 survey identified five chargeability anomalies, each representing a potential mineralized target for future drilling. The 2026 geological mapping and rock sampling over these areas have identified zoned alteration and localized copper mineralization suggesting a large-scale hydrothermal system. The Cas showing is located approximately 10 kilometres northwest from Centerra Gold's past-producing Kemess copper-gold mine. The Company will now be conducting three additional lines of IP survey to further define the targets. Rock and soil samples mentioned in this news release from the 2026 Borealis surface program have been submitted to ALS Geochemistry Ltd. (“ALS”) in North Vancouver, BC — an ISO/IEC 17025 accredited laboratory — for sample preparation and geochemical analysis. The samples were sealed in the field, stored securely, and transported by personnel of Apex Geoscience Ltd. of Edmonton, Alberta, to maintain chain of custody.
R. Nick Horsley, Chief Executive Officer of Hi-View, commented: “These new findings further confirm our hypothesis that Borealis contains a large hydrothermal system of the same style that created the porphyry complexes at Centerra’s Kemess and Amarc’s Joy projects. In the first few weeks of our field season, we have advanced from two historical IP targets to five distinct chargeability and resistivity anomalies. The program has reproduced historical signatures and provided new depth extensions, a previously unknown anomaly with copper mineralization at surface, and consistent porphyry-style alteration, giving us high confidence that the Borealis Project has potential for a significant discovery. With assays and hyperspectral analysis pending, new Mobile MT results imminent, and continued IP survey planned, these final datasets will enable further delineation of drill targets at Borealis.”
Highlights
Five distinct strong-to-intense chargeability anomalies are preliminarily identified at Cas, up from two identified by Placer Dome’s historical work (1992), each representing a separate potential drill target.
The 2026 IP survey reproduced the two main chargeability zones first outlined by the 1992 IP survey (Line 6000E).
2026 IP survey depth has extended sub-surface data from approximately 200 metres to 400 metres deep, defining a new high chargeability target at depth.
Refined 2026 data show that the historical southern anomaly is in fact three separate chargeability anomalies, one of which remains open at depth (Line 1800N).
A new, previously unidentified high-chargeability zone has been outlined southwest of Cas, coincident with copper mineralization mapped at surface (Line 1400N).
A strong-to-intense chargeability anomaly on Line 2600N is associated with mapped crystal lithic tuff showing quartz-clay-pyrite (herein interpreted as "QSP") alteration and disseminated pyrite, also coincident with low resistivity.
Background
A 1984 drill campaign in the area included a diamond drill hole (DDH84-7; Figure 1) that reached a final depth of 43.2 m and did not intersect its intended target of a mineralized and altered N-trending fault west of the drill hole collar.
Historical IP surveying completed in 1992 produced two shallow, strong, high-chargeability zones at Cas, associated with pyritic clay alteration along the margin of a monzonitic intrusive body. The mapped intrusion produced a high-resistivity response typical of disseminated sulphide mineralization associated with copper porphyry systems.
2026 Preliminary Program Results
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 1. Aerial Magnetics with 2026 IP Survey lines showing new Borealis - Cas Targets 1-5 sitting within two approximately 800 m-wide ring-shaped high magnetic anomaly centres. 1992 IP survey high chargeability anomalies represented by dashed lines.
Line 6000E: The 2026 survey reproduced and refined the signatures of both main intense chargeability and coincident intense resistivity zones identified historically (Targets 1 and 2; Figure 2).
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 2. Line 6000E IP Survey Results with Targets 1 and 2 highlighted.
Line 1400N: Refined modelling shows the southern of the two historical anomalies is in fact three separate chargeability anomalies, two of which are shown in the line sections in Figure 3. In addition, a new anomalous high-chargeability zone, coincident with a high-resistivity response, has been identified southwest of the southern historical anomaly. Copper mineralization was mapped at surface along this line (Figure 4), including:
Sample A1: A northeast-trending, 15-centimetre-wide granular to saw-tooth quartz vein hosting a malachite, chalcopyrite, and pyrite mineralization, hosted in crystal lithic tuff with weak sugary silica alteration, and locally cut by north-trending, thin, sheeted quartz-chlorite-epidote-sulphide veinlets. Interpreted to be associated with Target 4.
Sample B1: Left image: Historical BQ drill core (DDH84-7) found littered on the ground, intersected strongly magnetic granodiorite and feldspar porphyry with pyrite-chalcopyrite-hematite veinlets with alteration halos ranging from millimetre-scale up to 0.5 centimetres in width. X-ray Fluorescence (XRF) readings yielded 525 ppm Mo and 133 ppm Zn. Right image: Black banded chalcedonic veins cut a gossanous zone with variable QSP alteration near the DDH84-7 drill site (Target 2).
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 3. Line 1400N IP Survey Results with Targets 2, 4, and 5.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 4. Images of surface hand samples and legacy drill core collected along Line 1400N transect.
Line 1800N: A strong to intense chargeability anomaly is coincident with the historical Cas 3-9 mineral showing (Target 5; Figure 5). Another deeper and strong chargeability anomaly (Target 3) extends from approximately 200 to 400 metres depth and remains open at depth. Surface rock samples (Figure 6) in this area returned:
Sample A2: An estimated 15% and 1% disseminated pyrite and chalcopyrite, respectively. Mineralization is hosted in an incohesive volcanic unit with fragments up to 5 cm in size and is interpreted to be associated with an intense chargeability anomaly (Target 5).
Sample B2: Magnetic quartz monzonite is interpreted to be associated with an intense and large magnetic body, and an intense resistivity anomaly.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 5. Line 1800N IP Survey Results with Targets 3 (buried) and 5.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 6. Images of surface grab samples collected near Cas 3-9 mineral showing along IP Line 1800N.
Line 2600N: Several geological stations along this line report disseminated pyrite, both fine- and coarse-grained associated with mapped crystal lithic tuff displaying QSP alteration of variable, weak-to-moderate intensity (Figure 8). These observations are interpreted to represent the distal phyllic alteration to a porphyry system and are coincident with strong-to-intense chargeability anomalies that extend up to a collective length of 1 km (Target 1; Figure 7) and with a ring-shaped magnetic anomaly of similar size (see Figure 1).
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 7. Line 2600N IP Survey Results with Target 1 shown.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 8. Image of surface grab sample with QSP alteration along IP Line 2600N.
Additionally, the Company has retained Expert Geophysics Surveys Inc. to conduct a Mobile MT (Magnetotellurics) Survey consisting of 1,042 line-kilometres. This geophysical technology is utilized to detect deep electrical conductivity and resistivity signatures of copper-gold porphyry systems. It maps subsurface structures, fault conduits, and alteration zones down to depths up to 2 km. The survey was completed this week and results and interpretation are pending.
Qualified Person’s Statement
The technical content of this news release has been reviewed and approved by Nader Mostaghimi, M.Sc., P.Geo. (EGBC #53441), Vice President of Exploration for the Company and a Qualified Person as defined by National Instrument 43-101.
Corporate Update
Hi-View Resources Inc. has elected to rely on Coordinated Blanket Order 51-933, Exemptions to Permit Semi-Annual Reporting for Certain Venture Issuers, and move to semi-annual financial reporting.
The blanket order permits eligible venture issuers to voluntarily move from quarterly to semi-annual financial reporting. The company has determined that it meets the eligibility criteria under the blanket order, including that it is a venture issuer listing on the Canadian Securities Exchange, has annual revenue of less than $10-million and has a clean 12-month continuous disclosure record.
Under the blanket order, the company will be exempt from filing interim financial reports and related management discussion and analysis (MD&A) for its first and third quarters. The company's fiscal year ends on September 30. The initial period for which the company will not file an interim financial report and related MD&A in reliance of the quarterly reporting exemption will be for the three-month period ended June 30, 2026. The company will continue to file its audited annual financial report and related MD&A (due within 120 days of September 30) and six-month interim financial report and related MD&A (due within 60 days of March 31). This news release is being filed pursuant to the blanket order.
About Hi-View Resources Inc.
Hi-View Resources Inc., a publicly listed mineral exploration company on the Canadian Securities Exchange, is advancing a portfolio of gold, silver, and copper assets in the Toodoggone region of northern British Columbia. The Company’s 100% owned and optioned projects cover more than 27,791 hectares and include the flagship Golden Stranger Project, the Lawyers claims, and the Borealis Project — all designated as high-priority targets. Additional assets in the portfolio include the Nub and Saunders properties, while the Northern Claims and Harmon Peak remain under active option agreements. The company also has an additional 1,300 hectares currently under mineral claim application. For more information, please visit Hi-View’s website or review the Company’s filings on SEDAR+ (www.sedarplus.ca).
This news release includes certain statements that may be deemed “forward-looking statements”. All statements in this news release, other than statements of historical facts that address events or developments that the Company expects to occur, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements that are not historical facts and are generally, but not always, identified by the words “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “intends”, “estimates”, “projects”, “potential” and similar expressions, or that events or conditions “will”, “would”, “may”, “could” or “should” occur. Although the Company believes the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include market prices, continued availability of capital and financing, and general economic, market or business conditions. Investors are cautioned that any such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results or developments may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs, estimates and opinions of the Company’s management on the date the statements are made. Except as required by applicable securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements in the event that management’s beliefs, estimates or opinions, or other factors, should change.
The Canadian Securities Exchange has neither approved nor disapproved the contents of this news release.
SoftBank vykázal čistý zisk připadající akcionářům 347,3 mld. ¥, což překonalo odhad 148,4 mld. ¥ díky zisku 1,33 bil. ¥ z podílu v Intelu. Akcie v Tokiu před výsledky klesly o 4,41 %.
SoftBank Group stock tanked 4.41% in Tokyo on Thursday as investors reduced exposure to a volatile Asian AI trade before the company released its first-quarter results.
The caution looked premature when the numbers arrived after the market closed.
SoftBank reported net income attributable to shareholders of ¥347.3 billion, down 17.7% from a year earlier but comfortably above the ¥148.4 billion consensus.
A ¥1.33 trillion gain on Intel provided the surprise, turning founder Masayoshi Son’s $2 billion investment into the quarter’s main profit driver.
The disconnect suggests Thursday’s share decline reflected anxiety about SoftBank’s concentrated, debt-funded AI strategy rather than disappointment with the results.
SoftBank agreed in August 2025 to buy $2 billion of Intel shares at $23 each, backing the chipmaker during a difficult restructuring.
The wager had looked contrarian when Intel was struggling to revive manufacturing, defend market share and establish an AI strategy.
That position generated a ¥1.33 trillion paper gain as Intel shares rallied. SoftBank’s total investment gains reached ¥1.86 trillion, compared with ¥486.9 billion a year earlier.
Morningstar analyst Brian Colello raised his Intel fair-value estimate to $105 from $90 after the chipmaker’s latest results, citing a sharp increase in demand for server processors.
Intel’s Data Center and AI revenue grew 59%, encouraging Morningstar to adopt stronger long-term assumptions for server computing.
Wedbush analyst Matt Bryson also raised his Intel price target to $98 from $60 while retaining a Neutral rating, Benzinga reported.
Bank of America’s Vivek Arya maintained a Buy rating and a $160 target, arguing that Intel’s server business was participating meaningfully in the agentic-AI cycle.
Those views give SoftBank’s gain a stronger fundamental foundation, although it remains an unrealised mark-to-market benefit rather than operating cash flow.
SoftBank’s headline profit still fell from ¥421.8 billion a year earlier, showing how much the quarter depended on portfolio valuations rather than recurring operations.
The group recorded no gain or loss on OpenAI during the period, after a $25 billion valuation gain from the holding had powered the previous quarter.
That pattern matters because SoftBank’s profits can change dramatically when one or two holdings are revalued.
The Intel gain was substantial, but foreign-exchange movements, derivatives and financing costs absorbed much of the broader investment windfall.
The results were a clear earnings beat, but not an uncomplicated improvement in profit quality.
The underlying concern remains whether SoftBank can generate sufficient cash while financing investments whose valuations may fluctuate sharply.
SoftBank has committed $64.6 billion for an estimated 13% stake in OpenAI. It had invested $44.6 billion by June, added another $10 billion in July and plans a further $10 billion contribution in October.
The group has arranged a $40 billion bridge facility that expires in March 2027 and agreed to borrow another $10 billion against its OpenAI shares.
It has also sold holdings including Nvidia and T-Mobile to fund its expansion.
Further commitments include $5.4 billion for ABB’s robotics business and $3.1 billion for DigitalBridge, alongside investment in data centres, energy and AI infrastructure.
Fastly, Inc. (FSLY) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 4:30 PM EDT
Company Participants
Vernon Essi - Head of IR
Kip Compton - CEO & Director
Richard Wong - Chief Financial Officer
Conference Call Participants
Aidan Daniels - KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., Research Division
Frank Louthan - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Peter Levine - Evercore ISI Institutional Equities, Research Division
James Fish - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Paramveer Singh - Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Research Division
Rudy Kessinger - D.A. Davidson & Co., Research Division
Fatima Boolani - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
Daniel Hibshman - Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good afternoon. My name is Corey, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fastly Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]
Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Vern Essi, Investor Relations at Fastly. Please go ahead.
Vernon Essi
Head of IR
Thank you, and welcome, everyone, to our second quarter 2026 earnings conference call. We have Fastly's CEO, Kip Compton; and CFO, Rich Wong, with us today.
The webcast of this call can be accessed through our website, fastly.com, and will be archived for 1 quarter. A copy of today's earnings press release, related financial tables and supplement, all of which are furnished in our 8-K filing today, can be found in the Investor Relations portion of Fastly's website, along with the investor presentation.
During this call, we will make forward-looking statements, including statements related to the expected performance of our business, future financial results, product and services, sales and growth, strategy, long-term growth and overall future prospects. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected
Offchain Labs spustila veřejný testnet Arbitrum BOLD, nový protokol pro řešení sporů s interaktivními fraud proofs pro optimistic rollups. Má umožnit validaci bez nutnosti povolení a větší decentralizaci Arbitra.
Offchain Labs is thrilled to announce another milestone in the evolution of Arbitrum: the testnet availability of Arbitrum BOLD — the next-generation dispute resolution protocol with working, interactive fraud proofs for optimistic rollups. Building upon the foundation laid in our original announcement of BOLD on August 3, 2023, this announcement marks another step towards fully permissionless validation on Arbitrum chains and greater decentralization.
Fraud proofs on rollups are only as useful as the dispute process that runs them. Arbitrum has been secured using fraud proofs in production from day-one, and the Offchain Labs team has continued to iterate on creating a dispute resolution protocol for Arbitrum that is permissionless, safe, and solves many of the pitfalls other designs suffer from. BOLD guarantees a fixed upper-bound on the confirmation of Arbitrum states on Ethereum and allows a single, well-resourced party to defend claims against many adversaries without needing to play 1-vs-1 games against them.
Arbitrum has always been committed to scalability, efficiency, and security. As part of Offchain Labs’ comprehensive plan to ensure BOLD is rigorously tested and robust in design, we’ve deployed the implementation of BOLD on a public testnet. The BOLD-enabled public testnet validates and posts assertions to Ethereum Sepolia and gives the community a chance to deploy a BOLD validator to see this bleeding-edge dispute protocol in action. Shortly after, we expect a proposal will be made to activate BOLD on Arbitrum Sepolia, followed by a Tally vote.
Why is permissionless validation important for decentralization & Arbitrum?
So, what exactly does permissionless validation mean for Arbitrum? In essence, it empowers anyone to secure claims made about Arbitrum’s state on Ethereum. That is, withdrawals from Arbitrum back to Ethereum can be verified or challenged by anyone in the world, ensuring the correct history always remains correct. Currently, Arbitrum validators are allow-listed, but with BOLD, the use of a permissioned list of validators will no longer be necessary. This democratization of validation will not only enhance the security and resilience of the network, but also foster greater decentralization and resiliency within the ecosystem.
BOLD’s benefits for the Arbitrum community include:
Permissionless Validation: Participants can run their own validator nodes and contribute to the consensus process, helping to secure the network and validate withdrawals back to Ethereum.Enhanced Security: BOLD taps into the 10 years of experience the Offchain Labs team has in designing interactive proving protocols to create a new system for Arbitrum that is resilient to delay attacks and allows a single, well-resourced honest party to defeat many evil parties without needing to play 1-vs-1 games. Honest BOLD validators will win against evil claims within a fixed upper-bound of 7 days and have their stakes reimbursed when disputes are resolved, so long as they follow the protocol.Pooled Challenge Funding: Issuing a challenge requires significant funding. However, anyone can create a trustless smart contract to pool funds together and defend Arbitrum against invalid claims, or challenge invalid claims posted by others.Mathematical Foundations: After over a year in development, the Offchain Labs research team has produced formal safety proofs for BOLD. The BOLD smart contracts are currently being thoroughly audited by Trail of Bits.Getting Closer to Stage Two
In his recent blog, “Ethereum has blobs. Where do we go from here?” Vitalik writes about many aspects of improving Ethereum L2s, including the need for continuous improvements to security and decentralization.
BOLD has the potential to take another major step for Arbitrum along this journey by addressing the (currently yellow) State Validation wedge in the L2 Beat risk analysis pie chart. L2 Beat’s commentary currently notes:
Fraud proofs allow 14 WHITELISTED actors watching the chain to prove that the state is incorrect.By replacing the allowlisted validators with permissionless validators via BOLD, Arbitrum chains will be able to address this particular concern and move further towards greater decentralization and achieve even greater Ethereum alignment.
Offchain Labs představuje BOLD, nový dispute protokol pro Arbitrum, který má umožnit permissionless validaci a omezit zpoždění k potvrzení na pevný horní limit 7 dnů. Kód i specifikace jsou už veřejně na GitHubu.
TL;DR: We are announcing BOLD (Bounded Liquidity Delay): a dispute protocol we invented at Offchain Labs that can enable permissionless validation for Arbitrum chains. The code and specification are now available on Github here!
BOLD allows Arbitrum-technology chains to:
Guarantee safety and liveness of their chainMinimize latency to settle statesPrevent dishonest parties from raising the cost for honest onesToday, Optimistic Rollup chains that support fraud proofs, such as Arbitrum One and Nova, settle their state to Ethereum. A set of entities, known as validators, post claims about the L2 state they have verified to be true to a smart contract. During a 7 day period, other validators can challenge these claims, and a dispute resolution process occurs. Once a claim is confirmed, that L2 state is considered correct on Ethereum. This validation process is why assets can be bridged between Arbitrum chains and Ethereum L1 with a 7 day delay. A challenge protocol involves parties submitting fraud proofs to Ethereum to determine the correct result of L2 execution.
However, validation on Arbitrum One and Nova via fraud proofs today is permissioned because their dispute protocols are vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. A malicious validator can repeatedly spend funds to prevent assertions from being confirmed, therefore delaying withdrawals from L2 to L1 for as long as they’re willing. Ed Felten from our team has previously written about Delay Attacks on Rollup Protocols and their severity here.
We have invented a new approach to validation that gives us a fixed, upper bound 7 days of additional delay on confirmations without suffering from delay attacks. Our protocol, called BOLD can make validation of Arbitrum chains safely permissionless, moving them many steps up in the ladder of decentralization. The approach allows a single, honest validator to win disputes on Ethereum against any number of adversaries.
The code and research specification are now available on Github here. We are also contributing the code to the Arbitrum Nitro codebase for development and testing. Soon, we’ll be announcing both local devnets for the community to try and a public testnet for the protocol!
Introducing BOLD
Every layer 2 system has to cope with the problems of delays when settling their state to Ethereum. BOLD is an evolution of Arbitrum’s dispute system culminating in a much more robust approach. To our knowledge, BOLD is the first, practical challenge protocol that supports efficient all-versus-all disputes. It:
(a) Guarantees fixed upper bounds on confirmation times for Optimistic Rollups’ settlement, …and
(b) Ensures a single honest party in the world can win against any number of malicious claims
Disputes in BOLD are tied to deterministic execution of an L2 state, not to a particular staker or entity. This means anyone who agrees with a state can defend it, until a single point of disagreement is found. Because the honest L2 state is deterministic, honest parties will always win if participating, as evil ones cannot fake proofs of execution.
For detailed information on how BOLD works and what makes it special, check out our research specification available on Github here.
Code Is Now Available
Today, we are making public our implementation of BOLD and publishing our research specification that explains the protocol’s internals under github.com/offchainlabs/bold. The codebase includes a complete implementation of a challenge manager that not only posts assertions about an L2’s state, but can participate in challenges against any number of malicious adversaries and confirm the correct state.
Our implementation is modular, and can be integrated in Arbitrum Orbit chains or Arbitrum One/Nova should the DAO decide to adopt it. When integrated into an L2 validator node, BOLD encapsulates all logic required to participate in challenges, post assertions about L2 states to Rollup contracts on Ethereum, and confirm such assertions.
BOLD has also been audited by Trail of Bits, with our audit report included in the repository here. The codebase also follows the same licensing as Arbitrum Nitro at this time, as we plan to integrate the code as a dependency Arbitrum technology chains can easily use — batteries included.
We believe additional tooling is crucial to understand a complex system such as this. As a result, we are also building a Challenge visualizer and API that is in the works! Sneak peek below, built by Preston Van Loon:
Roadmap
There are a few more steps to complete before BOLD is ready for production. Coming up next, we plan on:
Sharing instructions for running an Arbitrum Nitro devnet with BOLD challenges enabled in the coming weeksPublishing our formal proofs code for BOLD, written in the Isabelle programming language along with our full, academic-style paperA public testnet environment (a new one will be provisioned for BOLD) for the community to participate in challenge games…and if there is positive community feedback, we plan to prepare an AIP so the DAO can decide whether to adopt this new challenge protocol in Arbitrum One and NovaWritten by Ed Felten and Raul Jordan — August 3, 2023